HomeMy WebLinkAbout07080018 Project Manual
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTERRECOVERY
SECTION15010-BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.01DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for mechanical
installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are included in this
Section to expand the requirements specified in Division 1 and form a part of and shall
govern all work performed under these specifications
B.These specifications, contract documents, and attached drawings are issued as part of this
specification. Any requirements shownherein are equally affective as if included in this
specification. Omissions in this specification or on the contract documents shall not be a
basis for failure on the part of the contractor, from installing all components required for a
complete and operable system. Should any system or portion of work called for within
these specifications or on the contract documents in such a manner that the Contractor
cannot, in his judgment, comply with the requirements, then the Contractor shall bring the
matter to the attention of the Engineer prior to proceeding with the work.
C.The Contract Documents depict the scheduled equipment and components as a basis of
design. Should the Contractor submit and receive approval for equipment that is acceptable
by specification, but differs from that of the basis of design, the Contractor shall be
responsible for coordination of that equipment with all other trades. Costs incurred to
provide increased service to or from said piece of equipment or system shall be borne by the
Contractor supplying the equipment or system at no additional cost to the Owner.
D.Work includes the installation of all necessary equipment, piping, ductwork, and
components for complete and operable systems.
E.This project includes the following systems:
1.Direct Expansion Refrigeration System
2.Air Distribution System
3.Domestic Water Distribution Piping
4.Sanitary Waste, Condensate, and Vent System
5.Fire Protection System
1.02DEFINITIONS AND TERMS:
A.The word “Owner” shall be defined as the party mentioned in the prime contract agreement,
or any representative of his party authorized to act in his behalf in the execution of the
work.
B.The word “Contractor” shall be defined as the person, firm or corporation entering into a
contract with the owner to construct and complete the work as specified herein.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS15010-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTERRECOVERY
C.The word “furnish” shall be defined as to supply and deliver to project site, ready for
unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation and similar subsequent requirements.
D.The word “install” shall be defined as operations at theproject site, including unloading,
unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing,
curing, protecting, cleaning and similar requirements.
E.The word “provide” shall be defined as to furnish and install complete,ready for intended
use as defined above.
1.03SUBMITTALS:
A.General: Each contractor shall submit shop drawings as stated in Division 1 Sections
pertaining to submission of shop drawings, product data, samples, and as specified herein.
B.Approval of shop drawings does not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for ordering
proper quantities and miscellaneous appurtenances required for operation and/or
installation of the respective material or equipment nor from the responsibility of complying
with all elements of the Contract Documents.
C.Provide specific information with each submittal as stated in the respective specification
sections.
D.The following General Information is required with each submittal as applicable.
1.Full manufacturer’s model name and number of each item
2.Equipment performance, physical size by dimension, and construction data.
3.Finishes: Provide two (2) color samples for equipment requiring color/finish
selection.
4.Location of connection points for external piping, ductwork, and electrical
connections.
5.Rough-in/foundation and support point dimensions.
6.Complete wiring diagrams and connection identifications.
7.Contractor’s stamp, signature and date shall be affixed to submittal drawing
indicating his review and approval.
1.04PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS:
A.The Contractor shall obtain and furnish all necessary permits and inspection certificates for
all material and labor furnished by him.
B.Permits and certificates shall be obtained from the proper inspection authorities. The cost of
permits, certificates and all fees required in connection with the installation shall be borne by
the Contractor, unless otherwise noted in the detailed contractual description preceding
these Mechanical Specifications.
C.Where applications are required for the procuring of utility services to the building, this
Contractor shall see that such application is properly filed with the utility and that all
information required for such an application is presented to the extent and in the form
required by the utility company.
1.05DRAWINGS:
A.The drawings and the specifications are cooperative and supplementary. It is the intent of
both said drawings and specifications to cover all mechanical requirements in their entirety
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS15010-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTERRECOVERY
as nearly as possible. The Contractor shall closely check the drawings and specifications for
any obvious errors or omissions, and bring any such condition to the attention of the
Engineer
B.The Contractor shall have a complete set of drawings including civil, architectural,
structural, mechanical and electrical drawings on the site at all times. Prior to installing any
of his work, he shall check the drawings for exact dimensions and see that his work does
not interfere with clearance required for beams, foundations, finished columns, pilasters,
partitions, piping, ductwork, etc., asshown on the drawings and details.
C.After work is installed and it develops that interferences occur which have not been called to
the Engineer's attention before the installation, the Contractor shall, at his own expense,
make such changes in his work as directed by the Engineer.
D.The contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the
scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping, ductwork, etc., and
approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials.
E.Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement,
the Contractor shall make such changes as directed by the Engineer, without additional cost
to the Owner.
F.Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items may not be shown, but where such
items are required by other Sections of these specifications or where they are required by the
nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed.
G.Rough-in dimensions and locations shall be verified with the supplier of all equipment
furnished by other trades or by the Owner prior to the time of roughing-in.
H.The Contractor shall locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in
fully accessible positions. Minor deviations from the contract drawings may be made to
allow for better accessibility, but changes of magnitude, or which involve extra cost, shall
not be made without approval.
I.Ample space shall be allowed for removal of all parts that may require replacement or
service in the future.
1.06COORDINATION DRAWINGS:
A.Prepare coordination drawings for project coordination to a scale of 1/4" = 1'-0" or larger;
detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials
in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components.
B.Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing
and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work,
including (but not necessarily limited to) the following:
1.Indicate the proposed locations of piping, ductwork, equipment, and materials.
Include the following:
a.Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube
removal, filter removal and space for equipment disassembly required for
periodic maintenance.
b.Equipment connections and support details.
c.Exterior wall and foundation penetrations.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS15010-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTERRECOVERY
d.Fire rated wall and floor penetrations.
e.Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases.
f.Valve stem movement.
2.Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment
into the building during construction.
1.07RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A.Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Division 1. In addition
to the requirements specified in Division 1, indicate the following installed conditions:
1.Ductwork mains and branches, size and location, for both exterior and interior;
locations of dampers and other control devices, filters, boxes, and terminal units
requiring periodic maintenance or repair.
2.Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and
numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located
(i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators, tanks, etc.).
3.Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag chart. Indicate actual inverts and
horizontal locations of underground piping.
4.Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent
building lines.
5.Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and
materials installed.
6.Duringconstruction, maintain a complete and legible set of drawings, showing
changes and deviations between actual construction and Engineer’s drawings.
7.Sheetmetal fabrication and Fire Protection System drawings shall be updated and
corrected to reflect “as-built” conditions and a record set submitted to Engineer
upon completion of project.
B.Engage the services of a Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer registered in the state in
which the project is located to record the locations and invert elevations of underground
installations.
1.08OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:
A.Prepare bound sets of operating and maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1
Section "PROJECT CLOSE-OUT." In addition to the requirements specified in Division
1, include the following information for equipment items:
1.Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations,
performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and
commercial numbers of replacement parts.
2.Manufacturer's printed operatingprocedures to include start-up, break-in, and
routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown,
and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions.
3.Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting;
disassembly, repair and assembly; aligning and adjusting instructions.
4.Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules.
1.09DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A.Deliver products to the project site properly identified with names, model numbers, types,
grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS15010-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTERRECOVERY
B.All construction related products and equipment received at project site shall be secured and
stored neatly, in original packaging, and protected from the elements in an Owner
designated, on-site storage area.
C.All construction related products and equipment shall be handled, moved, lifted and placed
in accordance with all manufacturers’posted and written instructions. Equipment and/or
product damage incurred due to improper handling shall be repaired to like new condition
by the Contractor causing said damage. If the damaged item cannot be repaired to a like
new condition then the item shall be replaced with new by the Contractor causing said
damageat no additional cost increase in the contract amount.
1.10CODES, FEES, AND MISCELLANEOUS COSTS:
A.All construction shall comply with all applicable specifications, codes, local ordinances,
industry standards, and utility company regulations.
B.In case of variations between specifications, codes, laws, applicable regulations, and the
Contract Documents, the most stringent requirement shall govern the work done. The
Contractor shall Promptlynotify the Engineer in writing of any such discrepancy.
C.Should the Contractor perform work that does not comply with the standards governing the
construction of this project, he shall bear all costs incurred to correct work that does not
comply with the set standards.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS:
NOT APPLICABLE
PART 3 -EXECUTION:
3.01ROUGH-IN:
A.Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of
the actual equipment to be connected.
B.Refer to equipment specification sections for rough-in requirements.
3.02MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS:
A.General: Sequence, coordinate, and integratethe various elements of mechanical systems,
materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements:
1.Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other
building components.
2.Verify all dimensions by field measurements.
3.Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during
progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.
4.Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in
poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
5.Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and
equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large
equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building.
6.Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials,
and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS15010-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTERRECOVERY
7.Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and
overhead utilities andservices. Comply with requirements of governing regulations,
franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required
connection for each service.
8.Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data,
including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to
arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of
the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements
conflict with individual systemrequirements, refer conflict to the Architect.
9.Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and
perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed
in finished spaces.
B.Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement
of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of
disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings
to an accessible location.
1.Furnish and install access doors in ducts at all fire damper and temperature control
damper locations.
2.Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems
required to be installed at a specified slope.
3.The Architect/Engineer reserves the right to require minor adjustments (maximum
of 10'-0") in location of switches, blocking, ductwork, conduits, drains, piping,
outlets, switches and/or equipment at no additional charge if so directed prior to
their installation. Where the Drawings show equipment, casework, or the like,
Contractors shall lay out the work to avoid conflicts. Where offsets in piping,
additional fittings, necessary drains, minor valves, traps, devices, etc., are required to
complete the installation, to clear obstructions or the work of other Contractors, or
for the proper operation of the system, these shall be deemed to be included in the
Contract and shall be furnished and installed complete by the Contractor at not
additional charge.
3.03CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A.General: Perform cutting and patching in accordance with Division 1 Section "CUTTING
AND PATCHING." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, the following
requirements apply:
1.Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect
adjacent installations.
B.Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to:
1.Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work.
2.Remove and replace defective Work.
3.Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract
Documents.
4.Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing.
5.Install equipment and materials in existing structures.
6.Upon written instructions from the Architect, uncover and restore Work to provide
for Architect/Engineer observation of concealed Work.
C.Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of
dust and dirt to adjacent areas.
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS15010-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTERRECOVERY
END OF SECTION
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS15010-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15030 -ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02SUMMARY:
A.This section specifies the basic requirements for electrical components which are an integral
part of packaged mechanical equipment. These components include, but are not limited to
factory-installed motors, starters, and disconnect switches furnished as an integral part of
packaged mechanical equipment.
B.Specific electrical requirements (i.e. horsepower and electrical characteristics) for mechanical
equipment are scheduled on the drawings.
1.03RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A.Related Sections: Separate electrical components and materials required for field installation
and electrical connections are specified in Division 16.
1.04REFERENCES:
A.NEMA Standards MG 1: Motors and Generators.
B.NEMA Standard ICS 2: Industrial Control Devices, Controller, and Assemblies.
C.NEMA Standard 250: Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.
D.NEMA Standard KS 1: Enclosed Switches.
E.The current edition of TheNational Electrical Code:
1.05SUBMITTALS:
A.No separate submittal is required. Submit product data for motors, starters, and other
electrical components with submittal data required for the equipment for which it serves, as
required by the individual equipment specification sections.
1.06QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Electrical components and materials shall be UL labeled.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MOTORS:
A.The following are basic requirements for simple or common motors. All motors used with
variable frequency drives shall be “Premium efficiency” and shall be VFD compatible. For
special motors, more detailed and specific requirements are specified in the individual
equipment specifications.
1.Torque characteristics shall be sufficient to satisfactorily accelerate the driven loads.
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT15030-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.Motor sizes shall be large enough so that the driven load will not require the motor
to operate in the service factor range. 2-speed motors shall have separate windings.
Motor starters shall be supplied by motor manufacturer.
3.Temperature Rating: Rated for 40 deg. C environmental with maximum 50 deg. C
temperature rise for continuous duty at full load (Class A Insulation).
4.Starting capability: Frequency of starts as indicated by automatic control system,
and not less than 5 evenly time spaced starts per hour for manually controlled
motors.
5.Service Factory: 1.15 for multiphase motors and 1.35 for single-phase motors.
6.Motor construction: NEMA Standard MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty,
Design "B", except "C" where required for high starting torque.
a.Frames: NEMA Standard No. 48 or 54; use driven equipment
manufacturer's standards to suit specific application.
b.Bearings:
(1)Ball or roller bearings with inner and outer shaft seals;
(2)Greasable, except permanently sealed where motor is normally
inaccessible for regular maintenance;
(3)Designed to resist thrust loading where belt drives or other drives
produce lateral or axial thrust in motor.
(4)For fractional horsepower, light duty motors, sleeve type bearings
are permitted.
c.Enclosure Type:
(1)Open drip-proof motors for indoor use where satisfactorily housed
or remotely located during operation;
(2)Guarded drip-proof motors where exposed to contact by
employees or building occupants.
(3)Weather protected Type I for outdoor use, Type II where not
housed;
d.Overload protection: Built-in thermal overload protection and, where
indicated, internal sensing device suitable for signalingand stopping motor
at starter.
e.Noise rating: "Quiet".
f.Efficiency: "Energy Efficient" motors shall have a minimum efficiency as
scheduled in accordance with IEEE Standard 112, test method B. If
efficiency not specified, motors shall have a higher efficiency than "average
standard industry motors", in accordance with IEEE Standard 112, test
method B.
g.Nameplate: Indicate the full identification of manufacturer, ratings,
characteristics, construction, special features and similar information.
2.02STARTERS, ELECTRICAL DEVICES, AND WIRING:
A.Motor Starter Characteristics:
1.Enclosures: NEMA 1, general purpose enclosures with padlock ears, except in wet
locations shall be NEMA 3R with conduit hubs, or units in hazardous locations
which shall have NEC proper class and division.
2.Type and size of starter shall be as recommended by motor manufacturer and the
driven equipment manufacturer for applicable protection and start-up condition.
B.Manual switches shall have:
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT15030-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Pilot lights and extra positions for multi-speed motors.
2.Overload protection: Melting alloy type thermal overload relays.
C.Magnetic Starters:
1.Maintained contact push buttons and pilot lights, properly arranged for single speed
or multi-speed operation as indicated.
2.Trip-free thermal overload relays, each phase.
3.Interlocks, pneumatic switches and similar devices as required for coordination with
control requirements of Division-15 Controls section.
4.Built-in 120-volt control circuit transformer, fused on line and load side, where
service exceeds 120 volts.
5.Externally operated manual reset.
6.Under-voltage release or protection.
7.Phase failure protection on all poly-phase motors.
D.Motor connections:
1.Flexible conduit, except where plug-in electrical cords are specifically indicated.
2.03DISCONNECT SWITCHES:
A.Fusible switches: Fused, each phase, heavy duty; horsepower rated; non-teasible
quick-make, quick-break mechanism; dead front line side shield; Solderless lugs suitable for
copper or aluminum conductors; spring reinforced fuse clips; electro silver plated current
carrying parts; hinged doors; operating lever arranged for locking in the "OPEN" position;
arc quenchers; capacity and characteristics as indicated or required for the intended duty.
B.Non-fusible switches: For equipment 2 horsepower and smaller, shall be horsepower rated;
toggle switch type; quantity of poles and voltage rating as indicated or required for the duty.
For equipment larger than 2 horsepower, switches shall be the same as fusible type.
2.04CAPACITORS:
A.Features:
1.Individual unit cells
2.All welded steel housing
3.Each capacitor internally fused
4.Non-flammable synthetic liquid impregnant
5.Craft tissue insulation
6.Aluminum foil electrodes
B.Size: KVAR size shall be as required to correct motor power factor to 90 percent or better.
PART 3 -EXECUTION:
3.01This Contractor shall provide disconnect switches, motor starters, and other electrical devices as
required by the National Electrical Code and as required for proper operation of his equipment
except where specifically specified and scheduled to be provided by another trade.
3.02Electrical equipment required for packaged mechanical equipment shall be installed in like manner
as individually specified electrical equipment. Refer to Division 16 for installation requirements.
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT15030-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.03Power factor correction capacitors shall be installed on all motors 1 horsepower and larger that have
an uncorrected power factor of less than 85% at rated load.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT15030-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15042 -TESTING AND PROOF OF PERFORMANCE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.01WORK DESCRIPTION:
A.Scope of Work:
1.Perform all tests as specified herein under the supervision of the
Architect/Engineer or his duly authorized representative.
B.Work Included:
1.Low pressure supply, return, outside air and exhaust systems
2.Domestic water distribution piping
3.Sewer, soil, and waste piping system
4.Fire protection piping system
1.02SUBMITTALS:
A.Reports:
1.Accurately record and report the methods of testing, times, and dates of the test,
witnesses to the test, and the results of the test. The test reports shall be neatly
typewritten on standard 8-1/2" x 11" sheets and submitted in five (5) copies to the
Architect/Engineer for approval within five (5) days after the test has been
performed.
1.03CONDITIONS:
A.Scheduling:
1.As much as practical, tests shall be scheduled so as to allow a representative from
the Architect/Engineer's office to witness the test. In every case, the
Architect/Engineer shall be notified a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours prior to
anticipated testing.
B.Partial Testing:
1.As much as practical, systems shall be tested complete as systems. Tests on
portions of a system are authorized to allow for proper progress scheduling. When
systems are tested in segments, a separate and complete report is required for each
segment. Segmented reports shall include a system diagram indicating portion of
system tested.
C.Defective Joints:
TESTING AND PROOF OF PERFORMANCE15042-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.All leaking joints shall be completely disassembled and remade using new materials.
D.Concealed Work:
1.Concealed Work (including underground) shall be tested and results approved by
the Architect/Engineer prior to covering up.
2.Insulated work shall be tested and test to witnessed by the Architect/Engineer prior
to application of the insulation.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01TESTING EQUIPMENT:
A.Instrumentation:
1.All instruments used shall be accurately calibrated and maintained in good working
condition.
2.All products and test instruments used shall be subject to the approval of the
Architect/Engineer.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01TESTING PROCEDURES:
A.Low Pressure Ductwork
1.This article shall apply to environmental ducts (supply, return, and exhaust) Duct
Class 3” w.g. designed for operation at Seal Class B and Leakage Class 6.
2.All ductwork in concealed, inaccessible locations (i.e. shaft enclosures, above hard
ceilings etc.) shall be pressurized to 2” w.g., and all seams and joints shall be
surveyed for leakage. Leaking joints shall be cleaned and resealed with new
materials prior to being enclosed.
3.All other ductwork shall be surveyed during the test and balancing process and any
leaks found shall be cleaned and resealed with new materials.
4.Leakage shall not exceed 9 CFM per 100 S.F. of duct surface at 2” w.g. test
pressure in compliance with the recommendations of SMACNA HVAC Air Duct
Leakage Test Manual.
B.Domestic and HVAC Water:
1.Piping shall be tested and results approved by Architect/Engineer prior to
application of insulation.
2.Piping system shall be capped and subjected to a static air pressure of 50 psig above
operating pressure (minimum 125 psig), and pressure maintained for 4 hours with
no leaks or loss in pressure.
3.Test source shall be isolated before conducting pressure tests.
C.Storm, Soil, and Waste Piping:
1.Underground sanitary and storm piping shall be tested and results approved by the
Architect/Engineer prior to covering with backfill.
2.Storm,soil, and waste piping shall be plugged and subjected to 120" static water
head. Water column shall be maintained for 15 minuteswith no leaks.
TESTING AND PROOF OF PERFORMANCE15042-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.Fire Protection Piping:
1.All piping shall be tested and results approved by the Architect/Engineer prior to
covering piping with backfill.
2.Piping system shall be capped and subjected to a minimum static water pressure of
200 psig and maintained for 2 hours with no leaks or loss of pressure. The test
source shall be isolated before conducting pressure tests. Each control valve and
hydrant shall be opened and closed while under pressure to assure proper operation.
3.Dry-pipe systems shall be pressure tested per requirements of NFPA 13.
END OF SECTION
TESTING AND PROOF OF PERFORMANCE15042-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15050 -BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
B.This Section includes limited scope general construction materials and methods for
application with mechanical installations as follows:
1.Mechanical equipment nameplate data.
2.Excavation for underground utilities and services, including underground piping
(under the building and from building to utility connection), tanks, basins, and
equipment.
3.Miscellaneous metals for support of mechanical materials and equipment.
4.Joint sealers for sealing around mechanical materials and equipment.
1.02SUBMITTALS:
A.General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
1.Product data for the following products:
a.Joint sealers.
b.Access Doors
2.Shop drawings detailing fabrication and installation for metal fabrications, and wood
supports and anchorage for mechanical materials and equipment.
3.Coordination drawings for access panel and door locations.
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer for the installation and application
joint sealers, access panels, and doors.
B.Quality welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1 "Structural
Welding Code -Steel."
C.Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where a fire-resistance classification is indicated, provide access
door assembly with panel door, frame, hinge, and latch from manufacturer listed in the UL
"Building Materials Directory" for rating shown.
1.Provide UL Label on each fire-rated access door.
1.04DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A.Deliver joint sealer materials in original unopened containers or bundles with labels
informing about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for
use, pot life, curing time, andmixing instructions for multi-component materials.
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS15050-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Store and handle joint sealer materials in compliance with the manufacturers'
recommendations to prevent their deterioration and damage.
1.05PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A.Conditions Affecting Selective Demolition: The following project conditions apply:
1.Protect adjacent materials indicated to remain. Install and maintain dust and noise
barriers to keep dirt, dust, and noise from being transmitted to adjacent areas.
Remove protection and barriers after demolition operations are complete.
2.Locate, identify, and protect mechanical services passing through demolition area
and serving other areas outside the demolition limits. Maintain services to areas
outside demolition limits. When services must be interrupted, install temporary
services for affected areas.
B.Conditions Affecting Excavations: The following project conditions apply:
1.Maintain and protect existing building services which transit the area affected by
selective demolition.
2.Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage
caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards
created by excavation operations.
3.Site Information: Subsurface conditions where investigated during the design of the
Project. Reports of these investigations are available for information only; data in
the reports are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or
continuity of conditions. The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or
conclusions drawn from this information.
4.Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in excavation areas. If
utilities are indicated to remain, support and protect services during excavation
operations.
5.Remove existing underground utilities indicated to be removed.
a.Uncharted or Incorrectly Charted Utilities: Contact utility owner
immediately for instructions.
b.Provide temporary utility services to affected areas. Provide minimum of
48-hour notice to Architect prior to utility interruption.
C.Environmental Conditions: Apply joint sealers under temperature and humidity conditions
within the limits permitted by the joint sealer manufacturer. Do not apply joint sealers to
wet substrates.
1.06SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULING:
A.Coordinate the shut-off and disconnection of utility services with the Owner and the utility
company.
B.Notify the Architect at least 5 days prior to commencing demolition operations.
C.Perform demolition in phases as indicated.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE DATA:
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS15050-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Nameplate: For each piece of power operated mechanical equipment, provide a permanent
operations data nameplate indicating manufacture, project name, operating and power
characteristics, labels of tested compliances, and similar essential data. Locate nameplates in
an accessible location.
2.02SOIL MATERIALS:
A.Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,
crushed stone, crushed slag, or natural or crushed sand.
B.Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed
gravel, with 100 percent passing 1-1/2-inch sieve, and not more than 5 percent passing a No.
4 sieve.
C.Backfill and Fill Materials: Materials complyingwith ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups
GW, GP, GM, SW, and SP; free of clay, rock, or gravel larger than 2 inches in any
dimension; debris; waste; frozen materials; and vegetable and other deleterious matter.
2.03MISCELLANEOUS METALS:
A.Steel plates, shapes, bars, and bar grating: ASTM A 36.
B.Cold-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500.
C.Hot-Rolled Steel Tubing: ASTM A 501.
D.Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Schedule 40, welded.
E.Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout, recommended for interior and exterior applications.
F.Fasteners: Zinc-coated, type, grade, and class as required.
2.04JOINT SEALERS:
A.General: Joint sealers, joint fillers, and other related materials compatible with each other
and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application.
B.Colors: As selected by the Architect from manufacture's standard colors.
C.Elastomeric Joint Sealers: Provide the following types:
1.Acrylic-Emulsion Sealants: One-part, nonsag, mildew-resistant, paintable complying
with ASTM C 834 recommended for exposed applications on interior and protected
exterior locations involving joint movement of not more than plus or minus 5
percent.
2.Fire Barrier Penetration Seals are specified in Section 07840 -Fire Stopping.
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS15050-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
1.Flush, Un-insulated, Fire-Rated and non-Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames with
Exposed Trim: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. Joints and seams shall
be continuously weldedsteel with welds ground smooth and flush with adjacent
surfaces
2.Frames
a.For installation in masonry, concrete, ceramic tile, or wood paneling wall
surfaces, 1” wide exposed perimeter flange and adjustable masonry anchors.
b.For installation in gypsum wallboard or plaster wall surfaces, perforated
flanges with wall board bead.
c.For full bed plaster applications, galvanized expanded metal lath and
exposed casing bead welded to the perimeter of the frame.
d.For installation in gypsum wallboard ceilings, flush access panels and
trimless frames.
e.Fire-Resistance Rating: Provide rating same as wall or ceiling for which
access door is indicated on drawings.
3.Doors
a.Door: Minimum 0.060-inch-thick sheet metal, flush construction with
concealed spring hinges or continuous piano hinge set to open 175 degrees,
factory prime painted.
b.Fire Rated Doors: Insulated flush panel doors with continuous piano hinge
and self-closing mechanism.
c.Latch: Self-latching bolt operated by flush key with interior release.
d.Prepared to receive mortise cylinder lock, specified in Division8 Section
"Door Hardware," with interior release.
e.Flush, screwdriver-operated cam locks.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01EXAMINATION:
A.Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting installation and
application of joint sealers and access panels. Do not proceed with installation until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02PREPARATION FOR JOINT SEALERS:
A.Surface Cleaning for Joint Sealers: Clean surfaces of joints immediately before applying joint
sealers to comply with recommendations of joint sealer manufacturer.
B.Apply joint sealer primer to substrates as recommended by joint sealer manufacturer.
Protect adjacent areas from spillage and migration of primers, using masking tape. Remove
tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.03SELECTIVE DEMOLITION:
A.General: Demolish, remove, demount, and disconnect abandoned mechanical materials and
equipment indicated to be removed and not indicated to be salvaged or saved.
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS15050-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Materials and Equipment To Be Salvaged: Remove, demount, and disconnect existing
mechanical materials and equipment indicated to be removed and salvaged, and deliver
materials and equipment to the location designated for storage.
C.Disposal and Cleanup: Remove from the site and legally dispose of demolished materials and
equipment not indicated to be salvaged.
3.04EXCAVATION:
A.Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances. Shore and brace as
required for stability of excavation.
B.Shoring and Bracing: Establish requirements for trench shoring and bracing to comply with
local codes and authorities. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time
period excavations will be open.
1.Remove shoring and bracing when no longer required. Where sheeting is allowed
to remain, cut top of sheeting at an elevation of 30 inches below finished grade
elevation.
C.Install sediment and erosion control measures in accordance with local codes and
ordinances.
D.Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into
excavationsand from flooding project site and surrounding area.
1.Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside
excavation limits to convey surface water to collecting or run-off areas. Do not use
trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches.
E.Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required for
backfill or fill. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
F.Trenching: Excavate trenches for mechanical installations as follows:
1.Excavate trenches to the uniform width, sufficiently wide to provide ample working
room and a minimum of 6 to 9 inches clearance on both sides of pipe and
equipment.
2.Limit the length of open trench to that in which pipe can be installed, tested, and
the trench backfilled within the same day.
3.Where rock is encountered, carry excavation below required elevation and backfill
with a layer of crushed stone or gravel prior to installation of pipe. Provide a
minimum of 6 inches of stone or gravel cushion between rock bearing surface and
pipe.
4.Excavate trenches for piping and equipment with bottoms of trench to accurate
elevations for support of pipe and equipment on undisturbed soil.
a.For pipes or equipment 6 inches or larger in nominal size, shape bottom of
trench to fit bottom 1/4 of the circumference. Fill unevenness with
tamped sand backfill. At each pipe joint over-excavate to relieve the bell or
pipe joint of the pipe of loads, and to ensure continuous bearing of the pipe
barrel on the bearing surface.
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS15050-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
G.Cold Weather Protection: Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric
temperature is less than 35 deg F (1 deg 2 C).
H.Backfilling and Filling: Place soil materials in layers to required subgrade elevations for each
area classification listed below, using materials specified in Part 2 of this Section.
1.Under walks and pavements, use a combination of sub base materials and excavated
or borrowed materials.
2.Under building slabs, use drainage fill materials.
3.Under piping and equipment, use subbase materials where required over rock
bearing surface and for correction of unauthorized excavation.
4.For piping less than 30 inches below surface of roadways, provide 4-inch-thick
concretebase slab support. After installation and testing of piping, provide a 4-inch
thick concrete encasement (sides and top) prior to backfilling and placement of
roadway subbase.
I.Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following:
1.Inspection, testing, approval, and locations of underground utilities have been
recorded.
2.Removal of concrete formwork.
3.Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids.
4.Removal of trash and debris.
J.Placement and Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers of not more than 8
inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy equipment, and not more than 4
inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
K.Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture
content. Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry
density for each area classification specified below. Do not place backfill or fill material on
surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice.
L.Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping, and equipment to
required elevations. Prevent displacement of piping and equipment by carrying material
uniformly around them to approximately same elevation in each lift.
M.Compaction: Control soil compaction during construction, providing minimum percentage
of density specified for each area classification indicated below.
1.Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the
following percentages of maximum density for soils which exhibit a well-defined
moisture-density relationship (cohesive soils), determined in accordance with ASTM
D 1557 and not less than the following percentages of relative density, determined
in accordance with ASTM D 2049, for soils which will not exhibit a well-defined
moisture-density relationship (cohesionless soils).
a.Areas Under Structures, Building Slabs and Steps, Pavements: Compact
top 12 inches of subgrade andeach layer of backfill or fill material to 90
percent maximum density for cohesive material, or 95 percent relative
density for cohesionless material.
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS15050-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
b.Areas Under Walkways: Compact top 6 inches of subgrade and each layer
of backfill or fill material to 90 percent maximum density for cohesive
material, or 95 percent relative density for cohesionless material.
N.Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned
before compaction, uniformly apply water. Apply waterin minimum quantity necessary to
achieve required moisture content and to prevent water appearing on surface during, or
subsequent to, compaction operations.
O.Subsidence: Where subsidence occurs at mechanical installation excavations during the
period 12 months after Substantial Completion, remove surface treatment (i.e., pavement,
lawn, or other finish), add backfill material, compact to specified conditions, and replace
surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to match
adjacent areas.
3.05ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE:
A.Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and
elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment.
B.Field Welding: Comply with AWS "Structural Welding Code."
3.06APPLICATION OF JOINT SEALERS:
A.General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed application instructions applicable
to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply.
1.Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 962 for use of elastomeric joint
sealants.
2.Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 790 for use of acrylic-emulsion joint
sealants.
B.Tooling: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time shining or curing begins,
tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contract
and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent
to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not
approved by sealant manufacturer.
C.Installation of Fire-Stopping Sealant: Install sealant, including forming, packing, and other
accessory materials, to fill openings around mechanical services penetrating floors and walls,
to provide fire-stops with fire-resistance ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which
penetration occurs. Comply with installation requirements established by testing and
inspecting agency.
3.07INSTALLATION OF ACCESS DOORS
A.Set frames accurately in position and securely attached to supports with face panels plumb
and level in relation to adjacent finished surfaces.
B.Adjust hardware andpanels after installation for proper operation.
END OF SECTION
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS15050-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15060 -BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.This Section specifies materials and installation methods common to more than one section
of Division 15 and includes joining materials, piping specialties, and basic piping installation
instructions.
B.Products Included:
1.Piping Sleeves
2.Unions and Fittings
3.Strainers
1.03SUBMITTALS:
A.Refer to Division 1 and Basic Mechanical Requirements for administrative and procedural
requirements for submittals.
B.Product Data: Submit product data on the following items:
1.Unions and Fittings
2.Strainers
C.Quality Control Submittals:
1.Submit welders' certificates specified in Quality Assurance below.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Welder's Qualifications: All welders shall be qualified in accordance with ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications.
B.Welding procedures and testing shall comply with ANSI Standard B31.1.0 -Standard Code
for Pressure Piping, Power Piping, and The American Welding Society, Welding Handbook.
C.Soldering and Brazing procedures shall conform to ANSI B9.1 Standard Safety Code for
Mechanical Refrigeration.
1.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A.Provide factory-applied plastic end-caps on each length of pipe and tube, except for
concrete, corrugated metal, hub-and-spigot, and clay pipe. Maintain end-caps through
shipping, storage and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and prevent entrance of dirt,
debris, and moisture.
B.Protect stored pipes and tubes. Elevate above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof
wrapping. When stored inside, do notexceed structural capacity of the floor.
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS15060-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
C.Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt by inside storage and
enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A.Refer to individual piping system Specification Sections for specifications on piping and
fittings relative to that particular system.
2.02JOINING MATERIALS:
A.Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
for welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis of the pipe
being welded.
B.Brazing Materials: Comply with SFA-5.8, Section II, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code for brazing filler metal materials appropriate for the materials being joined.
C.Soldering Materials: Refer to individual piping system specifications for solder appropriate
for each respective system.
D.Gaskets for Flanged Joints: Gasket material shall be full-faced for cast-iron flanges and
raised-face for steel flanges. Select materials to suit the service of the piping system in
which installed and which conform to their respective ANSI Standard (A21.11, B16.20, or
B16.21). Provide materials that will not be detrimentally affected by the chemical and
thermal conditions of the fluid being carried.
2.03SLEEVES:
A.Sheet-Metal Sleeves:20 gage, galvanized sheet metal, round tube closed with welded
longitudinal joint.
B.Steel Sleeves: Schedule 40 galvanized, welded steel pipe, ASTM A53, Grade A.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01PREPARATION:
A.Ream ends of pipes and tubes, and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
B.Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris for both inside and outside of piping and fittings before
assembly.
3.02INSTALLATIONS:
A.General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate
the general location and arrangement of the piping systems. Location and arrangement of
piping layout take into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing,
and other design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. Refer to
individual system specifications for requirements for coordination drawing submittals.
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS15060-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade
or floors, unless indicated otherwise.
C.Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit proper
insulation applications.
D.Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not
permitted, unless expressly indicated on the Drawings.
E.Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of
the building. Provide space to permit insulation applications, with 1" clearance outside the
insulation. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel
removal.
F.Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying full insulation and
servicing of valves.
G.Install drains at low points in mains, risers, and branch lines consisting of a tee fitting, 3/4"
ball valve, and short 3/4” threaded nipple and cap.
H.Exterior Wall Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Pipe sleeves smaller than 6" shall be steel; pipe sleeves 6" and
larger shall be sheet metal.
I.Fire Barrier Penetrations: Where pipes pass through fire rated walls, partitions, ceilings, or
floors, the fire rated integrity shall be maintained. Refer to Division 7 for special sealers and
materials.
3.03INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A.Pipe Sleeves: Install pipe sleeves of types indicated where piping passes through walls,
floors, ceilings, and roofs. Do not install sleeves through structural members of work,
except as detailed on drawings, or as reviewed by Architect/Engineer. Install sleeves
accurately centered on piperuns. Size sleeves so that piping and insulation (if any) will have
free movement in sleeve, including allowance for thermal expansion; but not less than 2
pipe sizes larger than piping run. Where insulation includes vapor-barrier jacket, provide
sleevewith sufficient clearance for installation. Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of
construction penetrated, and finish flush to surface; except floor sleeves. Extend floor
sleeves 1/4" above level floor finishand 3/4" above floor finish sloped to drain. Provide
temporary support of sleeves during placement of concrete and other work around sleeves,
and provide temporary closure to prevent concrete and other materials from entering
sleeves.
1.Install 20 gauge galvanized sheetmetal sleeves at interior wallboard, drywall, or
plasterboard partitions and ceilings other than suspended ceilings.
2.Install steel-pipe sleeves at all other penetrations and at exterior penetrations above
grade.
3.04JOINTS:
A.Steel Pipe Joints:
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS15060-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Pipe 2" and Smaller: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads in accordance with
ANSI B2.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to
remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint lubricant or sealant
suitable for the service for which the pipe is intended on the male threads at each
joint and tighten joint to leave not more than 3 threads exposed.
B.Pipe Larger Than 2":
1.Weld pipe joints (except for exterior water service pipe) in accordance with ASME
Code for Pressure Piping, B31.
2.Weld pipe joints of exterior water service pipe in accordance with AWWA C206.
3.Install flanges on all valves, apparatus, and equipment. Weld pipe flanges to pipe
ends in accordance with ASME B31.1.0 Code for Pressure Piping. Clean flange
faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts to torque specified by manufacturer of
flange and flange bolts, to provide uniform compression of gaskets.
C.Non-ferrous Pipe Joints:
1.Brazed and Soldered Joints: For copper tube and fitting joints, braze joints in
accordance with ANSI B31.1.0 -StandardCode for Pressure Piping, Power Piping
and ANSI B9.1 -Standard Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.
a.Thoroughly clean tube surface and inside surface of the cup of the fittings,
using very fine emery cloth, prior to making soldered or brazed joints.
b.Wipe tube and fittings clean and apply flux. Flux shall not be used as the
sole means for cleaning tube and fitting surfaces.
2.Press Fittings: Copper press fittings shall be made in accordance with the
manufacturer’s installation instructions.
a.Tubing shallbe fully inserted into the fitting and the tubing marked at the
shoulder of the fitting. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the
mark on the tubing to assure the tubing is fully inserted into the fitting.
b.The joints shall be pressed using the tool approved by the manufacturer.
3.Mechanical Joints: Flared compression fittings may be used for refrigerant lines
3/4" and smaller.
D.Joints for other piping materials are specified within the respective piping system sections.
3.05FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A.Testing: Refer to individual piping system specification sections.
END OF SECTION
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS15060-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15100 -VALVES
GENERAL
PART 1 -
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02SUMMARY:
A.This Section includes general duty valves common to most mechanical piping systems.
Special purpose valves are specified in individual piping system specifications.
1.03SUBMITTALS:
A.General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B.Product data, including body material, valve design, pressure and temperature classification,
end connection details, seat materials, trim material and arrangement, dimensions and
required clearance installation instructions.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9
for building services piping and ASME B31.1 for power piping.
B.Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings industry (MSS)Compliance:
Comply with the various MSS Standard Practices referenced.
1.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A.Preparation For Transport: Prepare valves for shipping as follows:
1.Ensure valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion.
2.Protectvalve ends against damage to threads, flange faces, and weld-end preps.
3.Set valves in best position for handling. Set globe and gate valves closed to prevent
rattling; set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces;
set butterfly valves closed or slightly open; and block swing check valves in either
closed or open position.
B.Storage: Use the following precautions during storage:
C.Do not remove valve end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for
storage.
D.Protect valves from weather. Store valves indoors. Maintain valve temperature higher than
the ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, support valves off the
ground or pavement in watertight enclosures.
VALVES15100-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
E.Handling: Use a sling to handlevalves whose size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig
valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do not use handwheel and stems as lifting
or rigging points.
PRODUCTS
PART 2 -
2.01MANUFACTURERS:
A.Available Manufacturers: Crane, Hammond, Grinnell, Milwaukee, Mueller Steam Specialty,
Nibco, Stockham, Apollo, Keystone.
2.02VALVE FEATURES, GENERAL:
A.Valve Design: Rising stem or rising outside screw and yoke stems.
1.Non-rising stem valves may be used where headroom prevents full extension of
rising stems.
B.Pressure and Temperature Ratings: As scheduled and required to suit system pressures and
temperatures.
C.Sizes: Same size as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated.
D.Operators: Provide the following special operator features:
1.Handwheel fastened to valve stem, for valves other than quarter turn.
2.Lever handles, on quarter-turn valves 6-inch and smaller, except for plug valves.
Provide plug valves with square heads; provide one wrench for every 10 plug
valves.
3.Chain-wheel operators, for valves 2-1/2-inch and larger, installed 96 inches or
higher above finished floor elevation. Extend chains to an elevation of 6'-0" above
finished floor elevation.
4.Gear drive operators, on quarter-turn valves 8-inch and larger.
E.Extended Stems: Where insulation is indicated or specified,provide extended stems
arranged to receive insulation.
F.Bypass and Drain Connections: Comply with MSS SP-45 bypass and drain connections.
G.End Connections: As indicated in the valve specifications.
1.Threads: Comply with ANSI B1.20.1.
2.Flanges: Comply withANSI B16.1 for cast iron, ANSI B16.5 for steel, and ANSI
B16.24 for bronze valves.
2.03GATE VALVES:
A.Gate Valves, 2-Inch and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125, body and bonnet of ASTM B 62
cast bronze; with threaded ends, solid disc, copper-silicon alloy stem, brass packing gland,
"Teflon" impregnated packing, and malleable iron handwheel. Provide Class 150 valves
meeting the above where system pressure requires.
VALVES15100-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Gate Valves, 2-Inch and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 150, body and union bonnet of ASTM
B 62 cast bronze; with threaded ends, solid disc, copper-silicon alloy stem, brass packing
gland, "Teflon" impregnated packing, and malleable iron handwheel.
C.Gate Valves, 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: MSS SP-70; Class 125 iron body, bronze mounted,
with body and bonnet conforming to ASTM A 126 Class B; with flanged ends, "Teflon"
impregnated packing, and two-piece backing gland assembly.
2.04BALL VALVES:
A.Ball Valves, 2 Inch and Smaller: MSS SP-110; Rated for 150 psi saturated steam pressure,
600 psi WOG pressure; two-piece construction; with bronze body conforming to ASTM B
62, standard (or regular) port, chrome-plated brass ball, replaceable "Teflon" or "TFE" seats
and seals, blowout-proof stem, and vinyl-covered steel handle. Provide threaded ends for all
services.
B.Ball Valves, 2-1/2” and larger: Rated for 150 psi saturated steam pressure, 600 psi WOG
pressure; 3-piece construction; with bronze body conforming to ASTM B 62, conventional
port, chrome-plated brass ball, replaceable "Teflon" or "TFE" seats and seals, blowout
proof stem, and vinyl-covered steel handle. Provide solder ends for condenser water, chilled
water, and domestic hot and cold water service; threaded ends for heating hot water and
low-pressure steam.
2.05PLUG VALVES:
A.Plug Valves, 2-Inch and Smaller: Rated at 150psi WOG; bronze body, with straight-away
pattern, square head, and threaded ends.
B.Plug Valves, 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: MSS SP-78; rated at 175 psi WOG; lubricated plug
type, with semisteel body, single gland, wrench operated, and flanged ends.
2.06GLOBE VALVES:
A.Globe Valves, 2-Inch and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125; body and screwed bonnet of
ASTM B 62 cast bronze; with threaded ends, brass or “Teflon” disc, copper-silicon alloy
stem, brass packing gland, "Teflon" impregnated packing, and malleable iron handwheel.
Provide Class 150 valves meeting the above where system pressure requires.
B.Globe Valves, 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: MSS SP-85; Class 125 iron body and bolted bonnet
conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B; with outside screw and yoke, bronze mounted,
flangedends, and "Teflon" impregnated packing, and two-piece backing gland assembly.
2.07BUTTERFLY VALVES:
A.Butterfly Valves, 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: MSS SP-67; rated at 200 psi; cast-iron body
conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B. Provide valves with field replaceableEPDM sleeve,
aluminum bronze disc, stainless steel stem, and EPDM O-ring stem seals. Provide lever
operators with locks and memory stops for sizes 2 through 6 inches and gear operators with
position indicator for sizes 8 through 24 inches. Provide lug or wafer type as indicated.
Lug-type valves on dead-end service or requiring additional body strength.
2.08CHECK VALVES:
VALVES15100-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Swing Check Valves, 2-Inch and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125, cast-bronze body and cap
conforming to ASTM B 62; with horizontal swing, Y-pattern, and bronze or “Teflon” disc;
and having threaded ends. Provide valves capable of being reground while the valve
remains in the line. Provide Class 150 valves meeting the above specifications, with
threaded end connections, where system pressure requires or where Class 125 valves are not
available.
B.Swing Check Valves, 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: MSS SP-71; Class 125 (Class 175 FM
approved for fire protection piping systems), cast iron body and bolted cap conforming to
ASTM A 126, Class B; horizontal swing, and bronze disc or cast-iron disc with bronze disc
ring; and flanged ends. Provide valves capable of being refitted while the valve remains in
the line.
C.Wafer Check Valves: Class 250, cast-iron body; with replaceable bronze seat, and non-slam
designlapped and balanced twin bronze flappers and stainless steel trim and torsion spring.
Provide valves designed to open and close at approximately one foot differential pressure.
D.Lift Check Valves, 2-Inch and Smaller: Class 125; cast-bronze body and cap conforming to
ASTM B 62; horizontal or angle pattern, lift-type valve, with stainless steel spring, bronze
disc holder with renewable "Teflon" disc, and threaded ends. Provide valves capable of
being refitted and ground while the valve remains in the line.
EXECUTION
PART 3 -
3.01VALVE INSTALLATIONS:
A.General Application: Use gate, ball, and butterfly valves for shut-off duty; globe, ball, and
butterfly for throttling duty. Ball valves shall not be used for steam service. Refer to piping
system specification sections for specific valve applications and arrangements.
B.Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
C.Install valves and unions for each fixture and item of equipment arranged to allow
equipment removal without system shutdown. Unions are not required on flanged devices.
D.Install three-valve bypass around each pressure-reducing valve using throttling-type valves.
E.Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above the center of the pipe.
F.Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement.
G.Installation of Check Valves: Install for proper direction of flow as follows:
1.Swing Check Valves: Horizontal position with hinge pin level.
2.Wafer Check Valves: Horizontal or vertical position, between flanges.
3.Lift Check Valve: With stem upright and plumb.
3.02FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A.Tests: After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final adjusting
and balancing, inspect valves for leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks; replace
valves if leak persists.
VALVES15100-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.03ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A.Cleaning: Clean mill scale, grease, and protective coatings from exterior of valves and
prepare valves to receive finish painting or insulation.
END OF SECTION
VALVES15100-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15120 -PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work ofthis Section.
1.02DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.Extent of piping specialties work required by this section is indicated on drawings and
schedules and by requirements of this section.
B.Types of piping specialties specified in this section include the following:
1.Pipe Escutcheons
2.Dielectric Unions
3.Sleeve Seals
4.Water Hammer Arresters
5.Relief Valves
6.Flexible Hose Kits
C.Piping specialties furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment, are specified as part of
equipment assembly in other specificationsections.
1.03SUBMITTALS:
A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation
instructions, and dimensioned drawings for each type of manufactured piping specialty.
Include pressure drop curve or chart for each type and size of pipeline strainer. Submit
schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, scale range, location, and features for each
pipeline specialty.
B.Shop Drawings: Submit for fabricated specialties, indicating details of fabrication, materials,
and method of support.
C.Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of
manufactured piping specialty. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in
maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 1.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01PIPE ESCUTCHEONS:
A.General: Provide pipe escutcheons as specified herein with inside diameter closely fitting
pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. Select outside
diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe penetration hole in floors, walls, or
ceilings, and pipe sleeve extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with nickel or chrome
finish for occupied areas, prime paint finish for unoccupied areas.
PIPING SPECIALTIES15120-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For waterproof floors, and areas where water and
condensation can be expected to accumulate, provide cast brass or sheet brass escutcheons,
solid or split hinged.
C.Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide sheet steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged.
D.Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
pipe escutcheons which may be incorporated in the work include; but are not limited to, the
following:
E.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pipe escutcheons of one
of the following:
1.Chicago Specialty Mfg. Co.
2.Producers Specialty & Mfg. Corp.
3.Sanitary-Dash Mfg. Co.
2.02DIELECTRIC UNIONS:
A.General: Provide standard products recommended by manufacturer for use in service
indicated, which effectively isolate ferrous from non-ferrous piping (electrical conductance),
prevent galvanic action, and stop corrosion.
B.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide dielectric unions of one
of the following:
1.B & K Industries, Inc.
2.Capital Mfg. Co.; Div. of Harsco Corp.
3.Eclipse, Inc.
4.Epco Sales, Inc.
5.Perfection Corp.
6.Rockford-Eclipse Div.
2.03SLEEVE SEALS:
A.General: Provide sleeve seals for sleeves located in foundation walls below grade, or in
exterior walls. Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links
shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve, connected with bolts and
pressure plates which cause rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing
watertight seal and electrical insulation.
B.Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide mechanical sleeve seals of
one of the following:
1.Link Seal as manufactured by Thunderline Corp.
2.MetraSeal as manufactured by Metraflex
3.Pipe Linx as manufactured by Calpico
2.04WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS:
A.General: Provide bellows type water hammer arresters, stainless steel casing and bellows,
pressure rated for 250 psi, tested and certified in accordance with PDI Standard WH-201.
PIPING SPECIALTIES15120-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide water hammer arresters
of one of the following:
1.Amtrol, Inc.
2.JosamMfg. Co.
3.Smith (Jay R.) Mfg. Co.
4.Tyler Pipe; Sub. of Tyler Corp.
5.Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydromechanics Div.
2.05RELIEF VALVES:
A.Provide proper size for relief valve, in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Codes, for indicated capacity of the appliance for which installed.
B.Combined Pressure-Temperature Relief Valves: Bronze body, test lever, thermostat,
complying with ANSI Z21.22 listing requirements for temperature discharge capacity.
Provide temperature relief at 210 deg F, and pressure relief at150 psi.
C.Manufacturers: Cash Watts, Zurn.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A.Pipe Escutcheons: Install pipe escutcheons on each pipe penetration through floors, walls,
partitions, and ceilings where penetration is exposed to view; and on exterior of building.
Secure escutcheon to pipe or insulation so escutcheon covers penetration hole, and is flush
with adjoining surface.
B.Dielectric Unions: Install at each piping joint between ferrous and non-ferrous piping.
Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions.
C.Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Loosely assemble rubber links around pipe with bolts and pressure
plates located under each bolt head and nut. Push into sleeve and center. Tighten bolts
until links have expanded to form watertight seal.
D.Water Hammer Arresters: Install in upright position, in locations and of sizes in accordance
with PDI Standard WH-201, at the top of all hot and cold domestic water risers, at the end
of each water header in utility spaces, at the top of all branches to fixtures, at each solenoid
valve or equipment with a quick closing valve.
3.02INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A.Pipe Sleeves: Install pipe sleeves of types indicated where piping passes through walls,
floors, ceilings, and roofs. Do not install sleeves through structural members of work,
except as detailed on drawings, or as reviewed by Architect/Engineer.
1.Install sleeves accurately centered on pipe runs.
2.Size sleeves so that piping and insulation (if any) will have free movement in sleeve,
including allowance for thermal expansion; but not less than 2 pipe sizes larger than
piping run.
3.Where insulation includes vapor-barrier jacket, provide sleeve with sufficient
clearance for installation.
PIPING SPECIALTIES15120-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
4.Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of construction penetrated, and finish
flush to surface; except floor sleeves.
5.Extend floor sleeves 1/4" above level floor finish, and 3/4" above floor finish
sloped to drain. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement of concrete
and other work around sleeves, and provide temporary closure to prevent concrete
and other materials from entering sleeves.
6.Install 20 gauge galvanized sheet-metal sleeves at wallboard, drywall, or plaster
board interior partitions and ceilings other than suspended ceilings.
7.Installsteel-pipe sleeves at all other penetrations and at exterior penetrations; both
above and below grade.
B.Sleeve Seals: Install in accordance with the following:
1.The contractor shall determine the required inside diameter of each individual wall
opening before ordering, fabricating, or installing.
2.The inside diameter of each wall opening shall be sized according to the
manufacturer’s recommendations to fit the pipe and assure a water-tight fit.
3.If the pipe is a non-standard size, consult the manufacturer’s representative for
engineering assistance and recommendation.
4.Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
END OF SECTION
PIPING SPECIALTIES15120-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION15135-METERS AND GAGES
PART 1 -
GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and
Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15Specification Sections, apply to work of this
Section.
1.02DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.Extent of meters and gages required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or specified in
otherDivision-15sections.
B.Types of meters and gages specified in this section include the following:
1.Temperature Gages and Fittings
a.Direct Mount Dial Thermometers
b.Thermometer Wells
c.Temperature Gage Connector Plugs
C.Meters and gages furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment, are specified as part of
equipment assembly in other Division-15 sections.
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of meters and gages, of types
and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5
years.
B.Codes and Standards:
1.UL Compliance: Comply withapplicable UL standards pertaining to meters and gages.
2.ANSI and ISA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of ANSI and Instrument
Society of America (ISA) standards pertaining to construction and installation of meters and
gages.
C.Certification: Provide meters and gages whose accuracies, under specified operating conditions, are
certified by manufacturer.
1.04SUBMITTALS:
A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation instructions for
each type of meter and gage. Include scale range, ratings, and calibrated performance curves,
certified where indicated. Submit meter and gage schedule showing manufacturer's figure number,
scale range, location, and accessories for each meter and gage.
B.Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of meter and gage.
Include this data and product data in Maintenance Manual; in accordance with requirements of
Division 1.
PART 2 -
PRODUCTS
2.01DIRECT MOUNT DIAL THERMOMETERS:
METERS AND GAGES15135-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.General: Provide direct mount dial thermometers of materials, capacities, and range indicated,
designed and constructed for use in service indicated.
B.Type: Vapor tension, universal angle.
C.Case: Drawn steel or brass, glass lens, 4 1/2" diameter.
??
D.Adjustable Joint: Die cast aluminum, 180adjustment in vertical plane, 360adjustment in
horizontal plane, with locking device.
E.Thermal Bulb: Copper with phosphor bronze bourdon pressure tube, one scale division accuracy.
F.Movement: Brass precision geared.
G.Scale: Progressive, satin faced, non-reflective aluminum, permanently etched markings.
H.Stem: Copper plated steel, or brass, for separable socket, length to suit installation.
I.Range: Conform to the following:
??
1.Hot Water: 40 -240F (10 -115C).
J.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide direct mount dial thermometers
of one of the following.
1.Marsh Instrument Co.; Unit of General Signal.
2.Miljoco
3.Weiss Instruments, Inc.
2.02THERMOMETERS WELLS:
A.General: Provide thermometer wells constructed of brass or stainless steel, pressure rated to match
piping system design pressure. Provide 2" extension for insulated piping. Provide cap nut with
chain fastened permanently to thermometer well.
B.Manufacturers: Same as thermometers.
2.03TEMPERATURE GAGE CONNECTOR PLUGS:
A.General: Provide temperature gage connector plugs pressure rated for 500 psi and 200 F (93 C).
Construct of brass and finish in nickel-plate, equip with 1/2" NPS fitting, with self-sealing valve
core type neoprene gasketed orifice suitable for inserting 1/8" O.D. probe assembly from dial type
insertion thermometer. Equip orifice with gasketed screw cap and chain. Provide extension, length
equal to insulation thickness, for insulated piping.
B.Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide temperature gage connectorplugs
of one of the following:
1.Peterson Equipment Co.
2.Sisco
PART 3 -
EXECUTION
3.01INSPECTION:
A.Examine areas and conditions under which meters and gages are to be installed. Do not proceed
with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
METERS AND GAGES15135-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.02INSTALLATION OF TEMPERATURE GAGES:
A.General: Install temperature gages in vertical upright position, and tilted so as to be easily read by
observer standing on floor.
B.Install dial type thermometers at plumbing mixing valve.
C.Thermometer Wells: Install in piping tee where indicated, in vertical upright position. Fill well with
oil or graphite, secure cap.
D.Temperature Gage Connector Plugs: Install in piping tee where indicated, located on pipe at most
readable position. Secure cap.
3.03ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A.Adjusting: Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility.
B.Cleaning: Clean windows of meters and gages and factory finished surfaces. Replace cracked or
brokenwindows;repair any scratched or marred surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up paint.
END OF SECTION
METERS AND GAGES15135-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION15140-SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.Extent of supports and anchors required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or
specified in other Division-15 sections.
B.Types of supports and anchors specified in this section include the following:
1.Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports
2.Vertical-Piping Clamps
3.Hanger-Rod Attachments
4.Building Attachments
5.Saddles and Shields
6.Spring Hangers and Supports
7.Miscellaneous Materials
8.Roof Equipment Supports
9.Anchors
10.Equipment Supports
11.Thermal Hanger Shields
C.Supports and anchors furnished as part of factory-fabricatedequipmentare specified as part
of equipment assembly in other Division-15 sections.
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of supports and
anchors, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar
service for not less than 5 years.
B.Codes and Standards:
1.Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing codes pertaining to product
materials and installation of supports and anchors.
2.UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are UL-listed and FM approved.
3.MSS Standard Compliance:
a.Provide pipe hangers and supports of which materials, design, and
manufacture comply with MSS SP-58.
b.Select and apply pipe hangers and supports, complying with MSS SP-69.
c.Fabricate and install pipe hangers and supports, complying with MSS
SP-89.
d.Terminology used in this section is defined in MSS SP-90.
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS15140-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.04SUBMITTALS:
A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation
instructions for each type of support and anchor. Submit pipe hanger and support schedule
showing Manufacturer's figure number, size, location, and features for each required pipe
hanger and support.
B.Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings for each type of
support and anchor, indicating dimensions, weights, required clearances, and methods of
assembly of components.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01HORIZONTAL-PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A.General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory fabricated horizontal-piping
hangers and supports complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed,
selected by Installer to suit horizontal-piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and
manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for
each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare
piping, and to exactly fit around piping insulation with saddle or shield for insulated piping.
Provide copper-plated hangers and supports for copper-piping systems.
B.Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers: MSS Type 1.
C.Pipe Hangers: MSS Type 5.
D.Adjustable Steel Band Hangers: MSS Type 7.
E.Extension Split Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 12.
F.U-Bolts: MSS Type 24.
G.Pipe Slides and Slide Plates: MSS Type 35,including one of the following plate types:
1.Plate: Unguided type.
2.Plate: Guided type.
3.Plate: Hold-down clamp type.
H.Pipe Stanchion Saddles: MSS Type 37, including steel pipe base support and cast-iron floor
flange.
I.Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports: MSSType 38, including steel pipe base support and
cast-iron floor flange.
J.Single Pipe Rolls: MSS Type 41.
K.Adjustable Roller Hangers: MSS Type 43.
L.Pipe Roll Stands: MSS Type 44.
2.02VERTICAL-PIPING CLAMPS:
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS15140-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory fabricated vertical-piping clamps
complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following types listed, selected by Installer to suit
vertical piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published
product information. Select size of vertical piping clamps to exactly fit pipe size of bare
pipe. Provide copper-plated clamps for copper-piping systems.
B.Two-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 8.
2.03HANGER-ROD ATTACHMENTS:
A.General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory fabricated hanger-rod attachments
complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to
suit horizontal-piping hangers and building attachments, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and
manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for
each piping service. Select size of hanger-rod attachments to suit hanger rods. Provide
copper-plated hanger-rod attachments for copper-piping systems.
B.Steel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13.
C.Malleable Iron Sockets: MSS Type 16.
2.04BUILDING ATTACHMENTS:
A.General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory fabricated building attachments
complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to
suit building substrate conditions, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's
published product information. Select size of building attachments to suit hanger rods.
Provide copper-plated building attachments for copper-piping systems.
B.Concrete Inserts: MSS Type 18.
C.Side Beam or Channel Clamps: MSS Type 20.
D.Center Beam Clamps: MSS Type 21.
E.Top Beam Clamps: MSS Type 25.
F.Side Beam Clamps: MSS Type 27.
G.Steel Brackets: One of the following for indicated loading
1.Light Duty: MSS Type 31.
2.Medium Duty: MSS Type 32.
3.Heavy Duty: MSS Type 33.
H.Side Beam Brackets: MSS Type 34.
2.05SADDLES AND SHIELDS:
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS15140-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide saddles or shields under piping hangers
and supports, factory-fabricated, for all insulated piping. Size saddles and shields for exact
fit to mate with pipe insulation.
B.Protection Saddles: MSS Type 39; fill interior voids with segments of insulation matching
adjoining insulation.
C.Protection Shields: MSS Type 40; of length recommended by manufacturer to prevent
crushing of insulation.
D.Thermal Hanger Shields: Constructed of 360 insert of high density, 100 psi, water-proofed
calcium silicate, encased in 360 sheet metal shield. Provide assembly of same thickness as
adjoining insulation.
1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide thermal hanger
shields of one of the following:
a.Elcen Metal Products Co.
b.Pipe Shields, Inc.
2.06SPRING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A.General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated spring hangers and
supports complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by
Installer to suit piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published
product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select
spring hangers and supports to suit pipe size and loading.
B.Restraint Control Devices: MSS Type 47.
C.Spring Cushion Hangers: MSS Type 48.
D.Spring Cushion Roll Hangers: MSS Type 49.
E.Spring Sway Braces: MSS Type 50.
F.Variable Spring Hangers: MSS Type 51; preset to indicated load and limit variability factor
to 25%.
G.Variable Spring Base Supports: MSS Type 52; preset to indicated load and limit variability
factor to 25%; include load flange.
H.Variable Spring Trapeze Hangers: MSS Type 53; preset to indicated load and limit
variability factor to 25%.
I.Constant Supports: Provide one of the following types, selected to suit piping system.
Include auxiliary stops for erection and hydrostatic test, and field load-adjustment capability.
1.Horizontal Type: MSS Type 54.
2.Vertical Type: MSS Type 55.
3.Trapeze Type:MSS Type 56.
2.07MANUFACTURERS OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS15140-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of
one of the following:
1.B-Line Systems Inc.
2.Carpenter and Patterson, Inc.
3.Corner & Lada Co., Inc
4.Elcen Metal ProductsCo.
5.Fee & Mason Mfg. Co.; Div. Figgie International.
6.Anvil International Inc. (formerly ITT Grinnel)
2.08MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
A.Metal Framing: Provide products complying with NEMA STD ML 1.
B.Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: Provide products complying with ASTM A 36.
C.Cement Grout: Portland cement (ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III) and clean uniformly
graded, natural sand (ASTM C 404, Size No. 2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0
parts sand, by volume, with minimum amount of water required for placement and
hydration.
D.Heavy-Duty Steel Trapezes: Fabricate from steel shapes selected for loads required; weld
steel in accordance with AWS standards.
E.Pipe Guides: Provide factory-fabricated guides, of cast semisteel or heavy fabricated steel,
consisting of bolted two-section outer cylinder and base with two-section guiding spider
bolted tight to pipe. Size guide and spiders to clear pipe and insulation (if any), and cylinder.
Provide guides of length recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel.
2.09ROOF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS:
A.General: Construct roof equipment supports using minimum 18-gage galvanized steel with
fully mitered and welded corners, 3" cant, internal bulkhead reinforcing, integral base plates,
pressure treated wood nailer, and 18-gage galvanized steel counterflashing.
B.Configuration: Construct to sizes as indicated, compensate for slope in roof so top of
support is dead level.
C.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide roof equipment supports
of one of the following:
1.Custom Curb, Inc.
2.Pate Co.
3.Thycurb Div.; Thybar Corp.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSPECTION:
A.Examine areas and conditions under which supports and anchors are to be installed. Do
not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner
acceptable to Installer.
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS15140-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.02PREPARATION:
A.Proceed with installation of hangers, supports and anchors only after required building
structural work has been completed in areas where the work is to be installed. Correct
inadequacies including (but not limited to) proper placement of inserts, anchors and other
building structural attachments.
B.Prior to installation of hangers, supports, anchors and associated work, Installer shall meet
at project site with Contractor, installer of each component of associated work, inspection
and testing agency representatives (if any), installers of other work requiring coordination
with work of this section and Architect/Engineer for purpose of reviewing material
selections and procedures to be followed in performing the work in compliance with
requirements specified.
3.03INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS:
A.Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for
proper piping support. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in
MSS SP-69. Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional
concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at
changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten
insert securely to forms. Where concrete with compressive strength less than 2500 psi is
indicated, install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.
3.04INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A.General: Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from
building structure; comply with MSS SP-69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of
horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Install
supports with maximum spacing complying with MSS SP-69. Where piping of various sizes
is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install
intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to
support piping,and do not support piping from other piping.
B.Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers and
other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install
hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping.
C.Existing concrete floor slabs for piping less than 1 ½” diameter: In concrete floor slabs
where no inserts are in place, anchoring into the existing concrete shall be done with
expansion screw anchors and/or other means approved by the Engineer. At no time shall
anchors be greater than 5/8” diameter.
D.Existing concrete floor slabs for piping 1 ½” and larger: In concrete construction where no
inserts are in place, Unistrut or equal supports shallbe fastened to the slab and have a
continuous length between at least two joists, beams or columns. Unistrut shall be sized as
recommended by the manufacturer for hanging indicated diameter piping. Anchoring into
existing concrete shall be done with expansion screw anchors and/or other means approved
by the Engineer.
E.Existing concrete beams and joists: In concrete construction where no inserts are in place,
steel hanger rod clips shall be fastened to the sides of joists or beams as necessary for
hangingindicated diameter piping. Anchoring shall be done with expansion screw anchors
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS15140-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
and/or other means as approved by the Engineer. Anchors shall be located at least 3” from
the bottom of joists and 5” from the bottom of beams. Anchors for hangers shall not be
inserted in the bottom of concrete beams or joists.
F.Support fire protection system piping independently of other piping.
G.Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are
copper plated, or by other recognized industry methods.
H.Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit
freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints,
expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units.
I.Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and
stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
J.Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes, and so that
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31 Pressure Piping Codes are not exceeded.
K.Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements.
1.Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting
through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ANSI B31.
2.Shields: Where low-compressive-strength insulation or vapor barriers are indicated
on cold or chilled water piping, install coated protective shields. For pipe 8" and
over, install wood insulation saddles.
3.Saddles: Where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated, install protection
saddles.
3.05INSTALLATION OF ANCHORS:
A.Install anchors at proper locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by
ANSI B31, and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment.
B.Fabricate and install anchor by welding steel shapes, plates and bars to piping and to
structure. Comply with ANSI B31 and with AWS standards.
C.Where expansion compensators are indicated, install anchors in accordance with expansion
unit manufacturer's written instructions, to limit movement of piping and forces to
maximums recommended by manufacturer for each unit.
D.Anchor Spacing: Where not otherwise indicated, install anchors at ends of principal
pipe-runs, at intermediate points in pipe runs between expansion loops and bends. Make
provisions for preset of anchors as required to accommodate both expansion and
contraction of piping.
3.06EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS:
A.Provide concrete housekeeping bases for all floor-mounted equipment furnished as part of
the work of Division 15. Size bases to extend minimum of 4" beyond equipment base in
any direction; and 4" above finished floor elevation. Construct of reinforced concrete,
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS15140-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
roughen floor slab beneath base for bond, and provide steel rod anchors between floor and
base. Locate anchor bolts using equipment manufacturer's templates. Chamfer top and
edge corners.
B.Provide structural steel stands to support equipment not floor mounted or hung from
structure. Construct of structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. Provide
factory-fabricated tank saddles for tanks mounted on steel stands.
C.Furnish roof equipment supports to Contractor for installation as part of work of Division
7; not work of this section.
3.07ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A.Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments.
B.Support Adjustment: Provide grout under supports so as to bring piping and equipment to
proper level and elevations.
C.Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with
manufacturer's touch-up paint.
END OF SECTION
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS15140-8
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15190 -MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.Extent of mechanical identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings
and/or specified in other Division-15 sections.
B.Types of identification devices specified in this section include the following:
1.Plastic Pipe Markers.
2.Valve Tags.
3.Valve Schedule Frames.
4.Plasticized Tags.
C.Mechanical identification furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment, is specified as
part of equipment assembly in Division15 sections for identification requirements at
central-station mechanical control center; not work of this section.
D.Refer to Division16 sections for identification requirements of electrical work; not work of
this section.
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of identification
devices of types and sizes required, whoseproducts have been in satisfactory use in similar
service for not less than 5 years.
B.Codes and Standards:
1.ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field,
colors, and viewing angles of identification devices.
1.04SUBMITTALS:
A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for
each identification material and device required.
B.Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, type written and reproduced on
8-1/2"x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as
shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any).
Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses,by special
"flags", in margin of schedule. In addition to mounted copies, furnish extra copies for
Maintenance Manuals as specified in Division 1.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION15190-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide mechanical identification
materials of one of the following:
1.Brady (W. H.) Co.; Signmark Div.
2.Seton Name Plate Co.
3.Marking Services Incorporated
4.Brimar Industries, Inc.
2.02MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS:
A.General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for
each application as referenced in other Division15 sections. Where more than single type is
specified for application, selection is Installer's option; but provide single selection for each
product category.
2.03PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS:
A.Snap-On Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi-rigid snap-on,
color-coded pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1.
B.Insulation: Furnish 1" thick molded fiberglass insulation with jacket for each plastic pipe
marker to be installed on uninsulated pipes subjected to fluid temperatures of 125° F (52°
C) or greater. Cut length to extend 2" beyond each end of plastic pipe marker.
C.Small Pipes: For external diameters less than 6" (including insulation if any), provide
full-band pipe markers, extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one
of the following methods:
1.Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.
2.Adhesive lapjoint in pipe marker overlap.
3.Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation).
4.Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 1-
1/2’’ wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3’’.
D.Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger (including insulation if any), provide
either full-band or strip-type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter height (and
of required length), fastened by one of the following methods:
1.Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation).
2.Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 1-
1/2’’wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3’’.
3.Strapped-to-pipe (or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer’s
standard stainless steel bands.
E.Lettering: Manufacturer’s standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping
system in each instance, as selected by Engineer in cases of variance with name as shown or
specified.
1.Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either
integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or
as separate unit of plastic.
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION15190-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.04PLASTIC TAPE:
A.General: Provide manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive (self-adhesive)
vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick.
B.Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including
insulation, if any) of less than 6", 2-1/2" wide tape for larger pipes.
C.Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated.
2.05VALVE TAGS:
A.Plastic Valve Tags: Provide manufacturer's standard solid plastic valve tags with printed
enamel lettering, with piping system abbreviation in approximately 3/16" high letters and
sequenced valve numbers approximately 3/8" high, and with 5/32" hole for fastener.
1.Provide 1-1/8" sq. white tags with black lettering.
B.Valve Tag Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded
type), or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves,
and manufactured specifically for that purpose.
C.Access Panel Markers: Provide manufacturer's standard 1/16" thick engraved plastic
laminate access panel markers, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to concealed
valve. Include 1/8" center hole to allow attachment.
2.06VALVE SCHEDULE FRAMES:
A.General: For each page of valve schedule, provide glazed display frame, with screws for
removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of finished hardwood or extruded
aluminum, with SSB-grade sheet glass.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:
A.Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation,
painting, or other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces,
install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to
installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment.
3.02PIPING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION:
A.General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each system indicated to
receive identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow:
1.Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this
section. Install on pipe insulation segment where required for hot non-insulated
pipes.
B.Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in
occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums)
and exterior non-concealed locations.
1.Near each valve and control device.
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION15190-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter
non-accessible enclosures.
3.Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
4.Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping run, except
reduce spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment, including
mechanical rooms.
3.03VALVE IDENTIFICATION:
A.General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system;
exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture
faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose bibs, and shut-off valves at plumbing fixtures,
HVAC terminal devices and similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List
each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system.
3.04VALVE SCHEDULE:
A.Mount valve tag chart on wall where noted on the drawings or as otherwise directed by the
Owner.
3.05ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A.Adjusting: Relocate any mechanical identification device which has become visually blocked
by work of this division or other divisions.
B.Cleaning: Clean face of identification devices, and glass frames of valve charts.
3.06MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION:
A.Install engraved plastic laminate sign or plastic equipment marker on or near each major
item of mechanical equipment and each operational device, as specified herein if not
otherwise specified for each item or device. Provide signs for the following general
categories of equipment and operational devices:
1.Meters, gauges, thermometers and similar devices.
2.Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers and mixing boxes.
3.Packaged HVAC central station and zone type units.
END OF SECTION
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION15190-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15250 -MECHANICAL INSULATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.01DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.Furnish and install thermal insulation materials and accessories for mechanical systems as
specified. Extent of mechanical insulation work required by this Section is indicated on
drawings, schedules and by requirements of this Section. Lack of specific notation on the
drawings however, does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for fully insulating
all piping, ductwork, and equipment as herein specified.
B.Types of mechanical insulation specified in this Section include the following:
1.Piping System Insulation:
a.Fiberglass
b.Flexible Unicellular
2.Ductwork System Insulation:
a.Fiberglass
3.Exterior Duct and Pipe Covering
a.Aluminum Jacket
b.Foil/film Facing
1.02QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Reference Standards:
1.NFPA 255 -Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
a.Flame/Smoke Ratings: Provide composite mechanical insulation
(insulation, jackets, coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives) with flame-
spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less, as
tested by ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) method.
b.Exception: Mechanical insulation installed outdoors may have flame spread
index of 75 and smoke developed index of 150.
2.1988 National Commercial & Industrial Insulation Standards -Third Edition
3.Indiana Energy Conservation Code, 1992 Edition.
MECHANICAL INSULATION15250-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years successful installation experience on
projects with mechanical insulations similar to that required for this project.
1.Approved insulation contractors:
a.Alloyd Insulation Company, Inc.
b.Fargo Insulation Co., Inc.
c.Midwest Insulation Co.
d.Performance Contracting, Inc.
e.Riley Insulation
f.Scott Insulation Co.
g.Specialty Systems, Inc.
1.03SUBMITTALS:
A.Product Data:
1.Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each
type of mechanical insulation.
2.Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, k-value, thickness,
density in Ibs./cu. ft., and furnished accessories for each mechanical system
requiring insulation.
B.Where specified herein, submit manufacturer's sample of each piping, ductwork, and
equipment insulation type required. Affix label to sample which completely describes
product sample.
C.Submit maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1specification requirements:
1.Maintenance manuals shall include the following:
a.Maintenance data
b.Replacement material lists for each type of mechanical insulation provided.
1.04DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A.Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with
manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products.
B.Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install
damaged or wet insulation, or insulation thathas been previously wetted and dried out;
remove from project site.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A.Insulation Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products which may be incorporated in the work include the following. The products of
only one manufacturer shall be used for each particular insulation application.
1.Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
MECHANICAL INSULATION15250-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.Certainteed Corp.
3.DowChemical Company Trymer 2000
4.Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH
5.Johns-Manville Corp.
6.Manson Insulation Corporation
7.Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corp.
8.Pittsburgh Coming Corp.
9.Rubatex Corp.
B.Exterior Foil/Film Facing
1.Venture Tape Corporation
2.02PIPING INSULATION MATERIALS:
A.Fiberglass Piping Insulation: ASTM C547, Class 3 for use to 850 degrees F.
1.Fibrous glass insulation,long glass fibers bonded in a thermosetting resin, 0.24
???
Btuinch/sq. ft./F/hour maximum “k” factor at 75F differential, 3/4 pound per
cubic foot minimum density, ASTM C547.
2.Factory-applied vapor barrier jacket consisting of high density, white kraft bonded
to aluminum foil and reinforced with fiberglass yarn.
3.Insulation shall include pressure sensitive longitudinal laps and butt strips for
sealing of all seams
B.Flexible Unicellular Piping Insulation: ASTM C534, Type I or Type II. (For use between -40
degrees F and 220 degrees F only.)
?
1.Elastomeric foam insulation, flexible, closed-cell construction, 0.27 Btuinch/sq.
??
ft./F/hour maximum “k” factor at 75F differential
2.6 pound per cubic foot density, 0.20 perm maximum water vapor transmission,
??
physically andchemically stable from -40F to 220F, ASTM C534, Type I -tubular
or Type II -sheet.
C.Jackets for Piping Insulation: ASTM C 1136 for all piping except flexible unicellularand
polyisocyanurate.
1.TYPE I -VAPOR BARRIER; (ASJ ALL SERVICE JACKET.)
D.Fitting Covers:
1.Encase pipe fittings insulation with one-piece premolded PVC fitting covers,
fastened as per manufacturer's recommendations. (not required for flexible
unicellular insulation.)
2.Under Premolded PVC fitting coverings, like Zeston 2000, wrap two separate layers
of blanket insulation to provide same thickness and density as adjacent pipe
covering.
MECHANICAL INSULATION15250-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
a.Mitered segments of pipe insulation are also acceptable for fittings under
PVC fitting covers when installing fiberglass insulation.
b.Install mitered or premolded insulation when installing calcium silicate or
cellular foam glass insulation. Wrap calcium silicate mitered fittings with 8
oz, glass cloth.
c.General Note: If a Premolded PVC fitting is found crushed or indented
after installation and the filler material, upon inspection, is found to be out
of specification, the Insulation Contractor shall, at no charge to the Owner,
remove any other Zeston fitting covers, directed by the Engineer on any
other specified pipe systems for visual inspection, repair and replace all out
of specification fitting fillers and then re-install all fitting covers.
3.Systems using Polyisocyanurate insulation shall use preformed insulation of the
same manufacturer.
E.Staples and Cement:
1.As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.
F.Adhesives Sealers and Protective Finishes:
1.As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.
2.03DUCTWORK INSULATION MATERIALS:
A.Rigid Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C612, Class 1, Foil Scrim Kraft (FSK) Facing.
??
1.Rigidfiberglass ductwork insulation, 0.23 Btuinch/sq. ft./F/hour maximum “k”
?
factor at 75F differential
2.3 pound per cubic foot minimum density, ASTM C612, Class 1, with barrier jacket
constructed of FSK laminated to fire resistive kraft suitable for use to 450 degrees
F.
B.Semi-Rigid Fiberglass Duct Insulation for Round and Flat Oval Ductwork: ASTM C 612,
Type I, FSK facing.
??
1.Semi-Rigid fiberglass ductwork insulation, 0.23 Btuinch/sq. ft./F/hour
?
maximum “k” factor at 75F differential
2.3 pound per cubic foot minimum density, ASTM C612, Class 1, with barrier jacket
constructed of FSK laminated to fire resistive kraft suitable for use to 450 degrees
F.
C.Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C553, Type I, Class B-3, FSK facing.
??
1.Flexible fiberglass blanket insulation, 0.27 Btuinch/sq. ft./F/hour maximum “k”
?
factor at 75F differential
MECHANICAL INSULATION15250-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.1 pound per cubic foot minimum density, ASTM C553, Type I, with 0.002”
aluminum reinforced foil-scrim-kraft (FSK) jacket suitable for use to 250 degrees F.
D.Jackets for DuctworkInsulation: ASTM C 1136 for all ductwork.
1.TYPE I -VAPOR BARRIER, FOIL SCRIM KRAFT, (FSK)
E.Ductwork Insulation Accessories:
1.Provide pins, washers, tape, and similar accessories as recommended by insulation
manufacturer for applications indicated.
2.04EXTERIORDUCTWORK, PIPING, AND EQUIPMENT
A.Foil/Film Facingfor ductwork
1.Jacketing shall be a five-ply laminated foil/film facing for exterior applications.
Product shall be a five-ply laminate alternating layers of aluminum foil (core and
outer layers) with two layers of polyester film. Substrate thickness shall be not less
than 3.0 mils and the adhesive thickness shall be not less than 2.0 mils.
2.Product shall be coated with Venture Tape’s cold weather acrylic, pressure sensitive
adhesive system suitable for application in below freezing temperatures.
3.Laminate construction shall be highly puncture, tear resistant and flame retardant.
Product shall be suitable for application between –10ºF and 248ºF. Product shall
be suitable fur use at temperatures up to 300ºF.
4.All joints shall be sealed with manufacturer’s recommended joint tape.
5.Product shall carry a ten year warranty.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSPECTION:
A.Examine areas and conditions under which mechanical insulation is to be installed. Do not
proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable
to installer.
3.02PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION:
A.Insulation Omitted: Omit insulation on chrome-plated exposed piping (except for
handicapped fixtures), air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, balance cocks, flow
regulators, drainage piping located in crawl spaces or tunnels, buried piping, fire protection
piping, and pre-insulated equipment.
B.Hot and Cold Piping:
1.Application Requirements: Insulate the following hot and cold plumbing piping
systems:
a.Potable cold water piping
MECHANICAL INSULATION15250-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
b.Potable hot water piping
c.Potable hot water recirculating piping
2.Insulate each piping system specified above with one of the following types and
thicknesses of insulation:
a.Fiberglass:
(1)Cold water-1" thick.
(2)Hot water-1" thick for pipe sizes through 2"-1-1/2" thick for
pipe sizes 2-1/2" and larger.
b.Flexible Unicellular:
(1)Tubing type for cold water and hot water –1/2" thick for pipe
sizes through 2".
(2)Sheet type for storm roof drain bowlsand sump pans-1/2" thick.
3.03DUCTWORK SYSTEMINSULATION:
A.Insulation Omitted: Do not insulate indoor fibrous glass ductwork, or indoor lined
ductwork except as otherwise noted below.
B.The specifications below apply when ductwork is round, oval or unlined rectangular. See
ductwork Specification Sections for ductwork to be lined.
C.Refer to the drawings for locations where Fire Rated Inorganic Duct Wrap is to be used in
lieu of specified insulation for the express purpose of providing a fire resistive membrane
around a duct.
D.Cold Ductwork:
1.Application Requirements: Insulate the following cold ductwork:
a.Outdoor air plenum and intake ductwork (including fans, dampers, etc.)
between the plenum and inlet of the air warming or cooling device.
b.Relief air plenum and relief air ductwork between the plenum and the relief
air motorized shut-off/back-draft damper in each duct connecting to the
relief plenum.
2.Insulate the ductwork system specified above with the following type and thickness
of insulation:
a.Rigid Fiberglass: 2" thick.
b.Semi-Rigid Fiberglass: 2" thick, for round and flat oval ductwork.
E.Hot Ductwork (Above Ambient Temperature):
1.Application Requirements: Insulate the following hot ductwork:
MECHANICAL INSULATION15250-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
a.Range and hood exhaust ductwork. (This duct must always be wrapped
externally. It cannot be lined.)
2.Insulate each ductwork system specified above with the following type and
thickness of insulation:
a.Rigid Fiberglass: 2" thick
F.HVAC Ductwork (Supply and Return):
1.Application Requirements: Insulate the following conditioned air ductwork:
a.Supply and return ductwork between fan discharge or HVAC unit
discharge and room terminal outlets. This work includes unlined plenum
boxes at all slot diffusers.
b.Omit insulation on return air ductwork located in return air ceiling plenums
or where exposed in a conditioned area.
2.Insulate each ductwork system specified above with the following type and
thickness of insulation:
a.Rigid Fiberglass: 2" thick in Equipment Rooms and where ductwork is
exposed.
b.Flexible Fiberglass: 2" thick, application limited to concealed locations
c.Semi-Rigid Fiberglass: 2" thick, for round and flat oval ductwork in
Equipment Rooms and where ductwork is exposed.
3.04INSTALLATION OF PIPING INSULATION:
A.General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions,
and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its
intended purpose.
B.Install insulation on pipe system subsequent to installation of painting, testing, and
acceptance of tests.
C.Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate eachcontinuous run of
piping with full-length units of insulation with single cut piece to complete run. Do not use
cut pieces or scraps abutting each other.
D.Clean and dry pipe surfaces prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to
ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered.
E.Maintain integrity of vapor barrier jackets on pipe insulation, and protect to prevent
puncture or other damage. Repair all punctures with ASJ tape designed for duty.
F.Cover valves, fittings and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness and
composition of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Install factory molded, precut or
job fabricated units (at Installer's option) except where specific type is indicated.
MECHANICAL INSULATION15250-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
G.Extend piping insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar piping
penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.
H.Butt pipe insulation against pipe hanger insulation inserts. For hot pipes, apply 3" wide
vapor barrier tape or band over the butt joints. For cold piping apply wet coat of vapor
barrier lap cement on butt joints and seal joints with 3" wide vapor barrier tape or band.
I.Insulation Shields and Protection Saddles: Provide insulation shields and 20# density
fiberglass blocking at each hanger site in accordance with detail on drawings, providing
shield gauges and blocking thicknesses shown. Cut and shape insulation to fit around
protection saddles on steam and hot water piping. Saddles to be furnished and installed by
piping trade.
3.05INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK INSULATION:
A.General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions
and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its
intended purpose.
B.Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces.
C.Clean and dry ductwork prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure
complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered.
D.Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on ductwork insulation, and protect it to prevent
puncture and other damage. Repair all puncture sites with FSK tape designed for the duty.
E.Extend ductwork insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar ductwork
penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.
F.Lined Ductwork: Except as otherwise indicated, omit insulation on ductwork where internal
insulation or linings have been installed.
3.06EXTERIOR DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
A.Ductwork Exposed to Weather: Supply, return and exhaust duct installed on a roof or
exterior of the building is to be externally insulated, and wrapped with a protective jacket,
whether internally lined or not. Where ductwork is specified to be externally wrapped,
provide double layer of insulation.
B.Piping exposed to Weather: Piping shall be insulated as specifiedfor interior piping.
C.Equipment Exposed to Weather: Equipment shall be insulated as specified for interior
equipment.
D.All duct, piping and equipment insulation shall be covered with five-ply foil/film covering
as herein specified. Covering adhesive and joint tape shall be installed as recommended by
the covering manufacturer.
3.07EXISTING INSULATION REPAIR:
MECHANICAL INSULATION15250-8
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Repair damaged sections of existing mechanical insulation, both previously damaged or
damaged during this construction period. Use insulation of same thickness as existing
insulation, install new jacket lapping and sealed over existing.
3.08PROTECTION AND REPLACEMENT:
A.Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with
vapor barrier damaged and moisture saturated units.
B.Protection: Insulation Installer shall advise Contractor of required protection for insulation
work during remainder of construction period, to avoid damage and deterioration.
END OF SECTION
MECHANICAL INSULATION15250-9
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15300 –FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
B.Refer to Section 15010,”Basic Mechanical Requirements” for additional requirements.
C.Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1.Division7 Section“Joint Sealers," for materials and methods for sealing pipe
penetrations through basement walls and fire/smoke barriers.
2.Division10 Section“Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets, and Accessories" for fire
extinguishers and extinguisher cabinets.
1.02GENERAL:
A.The fire protection contract shall include all labor and materials as required for the complete
installation of this classification of the work as hereinafter specified and as shown by all of
the accompanying drawings. The Contractor shall examine all drawings, including equipment
drawings and thosewhich are intended primarily for other classifications as such items will
be considered a part of this contract.
B.The materials and workmanship throughout shall be first class in every detail, to the best
modern practice. All fixtures shall be first quality of their respective kinds and grades, free
from defects, furnished and set up complete in every detail and in accordance with all codes
and regulations governing the work. All piping shall be concealed, unless otherwise distinctly
specified or shown on the drawings.
C.The sprinkler systems shall be zoned on a floor-by-floor basis with zoning on each floor.
Each zone shall be provided with all necessary valves, valve tamper switches, water flow
alarms and drains to make it a separate sprinkler system.
1.03DOCUMENTS:
A.It is not the intent of the Contract Documents to neglect or violate any codes or governing
agencies by indicating or specifying certain methods, equipment or material.
B.The purpose for the "Products" and "Execution" portions of this Section, as well as related
information on the drawings, is to assure quality of system, components, workmanship and
aesthetics. These items may be above minimum standards required by codes and regulations.
These items are, however, minimum requirements for this installation.
C.Flow Test Data: It shall be this Contractor's responsibility to ensure adequacy of flow and
pressure from the City's water distribution system. Cost of test shall be borne by this
Contractor.
1.Flow tests shall be by appointment with the Owner using recognized methods and
procedures.
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.The design shall be limited to 90% of the available water supply pressure (minimum
3 psig spare).
3.Hose stream demand shall be added to the sprinkler demand as required by NFPA
Standards.
D.This Contractor shall make all connections to utilities as required to install the automatic fire
sprinkler system. All connections to utilities and their shutdown shall be arranged with the
Owner. Existing system will be shutdown and drained by the Owner.
1.04SUMMARY:
A.This Section specifies automatic sprinkler systems for buildings and structures. Materials and
equipment specified in this Section include: Pipe, fittings, valves, supports, anchors,
specialties, sprinklers and accessories.
1.05WORK INCLUDED:
A.Design and install modifications to the existingapproved automatic sprinkler system for the
building as shown on the drawings and described herein.Existing system shall be modified
as required as required for new floor plans to comply with NFPA 13.
B.The sprinkler system shall be hydraulically calculated, fully supervised and installed according
to NFPA 13 currently enforced edition, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems".
C.Supervision shall include valve tamper switches and water flow indicators which transmit to
the fire alarm panel.
D.Prepare and submit shop drawings and samples. Secure approvals and install a completely
approved, functional and penalty free automatic sprinkler system.
E.Contractor shall assume financial responsibility for compliance of all codes and regulations
of governing standards and agencies.
F.This system shall include all required valves, drains; flow switches, tamper switches, etc., and
related electrical connections.
G.Installing shields necessary to protect electrical equipment from sprinkler discharge.
H.Preparingshop drawings, "Record Drawings”, maintenance manuals and other submittals
specified.
I.The fire protection system shall include an approved double check valve assembly.
J.Products furnished but not installed include sprinkler head cabinet with spare sprinkler
heads. Furnish to the Owner's maintenance personnel.
1.06DEFINITIONS:
A.Pipe sizes used in this Specification are Nominal Pipe Size (NPS).
B.Other definitions for fire protection systems are listed in NFPA Standards 13, 20, 22 and 24,
26, 231 and 231C.
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
C.Working Plans as used in this Section means those documents (including drawings and
calculations) prepared pursuant to the requirements contained in NFPA 13 for obtaining
approval of the authority having jurisdiction.
1.07SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
A.The fire protection system is a standard installation of automatic sprinklers arranged as a wet
pipe system employing automatic sprinklers attached to a piping system containing water
and connected to a water supply main in the streetso that water discharges immediately
from sprinklers opened by fire.
B.The Contractor shall provide a hydraulically calculated automatic fire sprinkler system
designed and installed to produce discharge densities of not less than 0.10 gpm/square foot
over the hydraulically most remote 1500 square feet based on the use of 165 degree F
temperature rated heads spaced at a maximum of 225 square feet per head throughout all
light hazard areas
C.The Contractor shall provide a hydraulically calculated automatic fire sprinkler system
designed and installed to produce discharge densities of not less than 0.16 gpm/square foot
over the hydraulically most remote 1500 square feet based on the use of 165 degree F
temperature rated heads spaced at a maximum of 130 square feet per head throughout all
mechanical and electrical equipment rooms.
1.08SUBMITTALS:
A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for
each type sprinkler head, valve, and piping specialty. fire protection specialty, fire department
connection specified.
B.Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings prepared in accordance with NFPA 13 identified as
"Working Plans," including hydraulic calculations where applicable, and which have been
approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
C.Maintenance Data:
1.Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each type sprinkler head, valve, piping
specialty, fire protection specialty, fire department connection specified, for
inclusion in operating and maintenance manual.
D.Welders' Qualification certificates.
E.Test Reports and Certificates: Submit test reports and certificates including "Contractor's
Material & Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping" and "Contractor's Material & Test
Certificate for Underground Piping" as described in NFPA 13.
1.09QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Installer Qualifications: Installation and alterations of fire protection piping, equipment,
specialties, and accessories, and repair and servicing of equipment shall be performed only
by a qualified Installer. The term qualified means experienced in such work (experienced
shall mean having a minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this
project), familiar with all precautions required, and has complied with all the requirements of
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
the authority having jurisdiction. Upon request, submit evidence of such qualifications tothe
Architect or Owner’s representative.
B.Personnel designing and certifying fire protection drawings must be in the full-time direct
employment of the fire protection contractor. Those certifying the documents shall have
National Institute of Certification for Engineering Technicians (NICET) Level 3
qualifications.
C.All fire protection submittal drawings shall be sealed by an engineer registered in the State of
Indiana.
D.Qualifications for Welding Processes and Operators:
1.Comply with the requirements of AWSD10.9, "Specifications for Qualifications of
Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and Tubing, Level AR-3.
E.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the requirements of the following codes:
1.NFPA 13 -Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
2.NFPA13A-Recommended Practice for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance
of Sprinkler Systems
3.NFPA 26 -Recommended Practice for the Supervision of Valves Controlling Water
Supplies for Fire Protection
4.NFPA 70 -National Electric Code
5.NFPA 231 -General Storage
6.UL and FM Compliance: Fire protection system materials and components shall be
Underwriter's Laboratories listed and labeled, and Factory Mutual Research
Corporation (FMRC) approved for the application anticipated.
1.10AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION:
A.Public Safety
1.Fire Prevention and Building Safety Commission Compliance: Install fire protection
systems in accordance with local regulations of Fire Marshal.
B.Applicable Codes
1.Indiana Building Code (675 IAC 13) currently enforced edition.
2.Indiana Fire Protection Code (675 IAC 22) currently enforced edition.
3.Indiana Mechanical Code (675 IAC 18) currently enforced edition.
4.Indiana Plumbing Code (675 IAC 16) currently enforced edition.
C.Insurance Purposes:
CONTACT OWNER FOR ACCURATE INFORMATION ON WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING ARE
APPLICABLE.
1.ISO Commercial Risk Services Inc.: Comply with Insurance Service Office
regulations pertaining to fire protection systems.
2.Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI): Comply with Industrial Risk Insurer's regulations
pertaining to fire protection systems.
3.Factory Mutual (FM): Comply with Factory Mutual regulations pertaining to fire
protection systems.
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.11SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A.This contractor shall meet with all other trades on the project to prepare a plan of
installation and coordinate the installation of his piping and equipment with other
contractors, to avoid conflicts in routing and layout.
B.Sequence rough-in installations with other subcontractors installing other building
components and systems.
C.Coordinate installation of fire alarm devices with Division 16contractor. All supervisory
devices shall be supplied and installed by this contractor, and connected to the building fire
alarm by Division 16.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01QUALIFIED PRODUCTS:
A.All devices, systems, equipment, and materials furnished and installed shall be listed by
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) or Factory Mutual (FM) for its intended use. All
products shall be installed in accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the
above.
2.02MANUFACTURER:
A.Subject to compliance withrequirements, provide fire protection system products from one
of the following:
B.Pipe and Fittings:
1.Allied Tube and Conduit, Division of Grinnell Co.
2.American Tube and Pipe Co.
3.Bullmoose Tube Co.
4.Grinnell Co.
5.Tyler Gustin-Bacon
6.Victaulic
7.Wheatland Tube Co.
C.Gate Valves:
1.Central Sprinkler Corp.
2.NIBCO
3.Kennedy Valve
4.Stockham
5.Mueller Valve Co, Div. of Grinnell Co.
6.Grinnell
D.Swing Check Valves:
1.Central Sprinkler Corp.
2.NIBCO
3.Kennedy
4.Grinnell
5.Stockham
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
6.Mueller Valve Co., Div. of Grinnell Co.
E.Grooved Mechanical Couplings:
1.Tyler Gustin-Bacon
2.Victaulic Company of America
3.Gruvlok, Grinnell Supply Sales Co.
4.E-Z Lok
5.Sprink, Inc.
F.Water Flow Indicators:
1.GEM Sprinkler Co.
2.Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
3.Viking Corp.
4.Potter Electric Signal
5.Systems Sensor (previously Notifier)
G.Alarm Check Valve:
1.Central Sprinkler Corp.
2.Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
3.Star Sprinkler Corp.
4.Viking Corp.
5.GEM Sprinkler Co.
H.Riser Check Valve:
1.Central Sprinkler Corp.
2.Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
3.Star Sprinkler Corp.
4.Viking Corp.
5.GEM Sprinkler Co.
I.Test and Drain Valves:
1.AGF Manufacturing Co., Inc.
2.G/J Innovations, Inc.
3.Victaulic Testmaster
J.Sprinkler Heads:
1.Automatic Sprinkler Corp. of America
2.Central Sprinkler Corp.
3.GEM Sprinkler Co., Division of Grinnell Corp.
4.Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
5.Star Sprinkler Corp.
6.Viking Corp.
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.03BASIC PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS:
A.General: Provide, at the Contractor's option, pipe and pipe fittings complying with NFPA
13, in accordance with one or a combination of the following listings and as a minimum
meet specification ASTM A53 GR.B, A106 GR.B, A135 GR.B, A795, type E, GR.A:
B.PIPE:
1.Black Steel Pipe: Threaded Ends; Schedule 40 for all sizes through 6"; Schedule 30
for 8" and larger; conforming to ANSI B1.20.1.
2.Black Steel Pipe: Cut Groove Ends; Schedule 40 for 2" through 6"; Schedule 30 for
8" and larger.
3.Black Steel Welded Seam and Seamless Pipe: Roll-Groove Ends; Schedule 10 for 2-
1/2" to 4"; 0. 134" wall thickness for 5" and 6"; and 0.188" wall thickness for 8" and
0.250" wall thickness for 10" only.
4.Galvanized Steel Pipe: Threaded Ends; Schedule 40 for all sizes through 6";
Schedule 30 for 8" and larger conforming to ANSI B1.20. 1.
5.Galvanized Steel Pipe: Cut-Groove Ends; Schedule 40 for 2" through 6"; Schedule
30 for 8" and larger.
6.Galvanized Steel Welded Seam and Seamless Pipe: Roll-Groove Ends; Schedule 10
for 2-1/2" to 4"· 0.134" wall thickness for 5" and 6"; and 0.188" wall thickness for
8" and 0.250" wall thickness for 10” only.
7.Engineered Lightwall Sprinkler Pipe: Mechanical Rolled Groove Only; Black steel
pipe, electric resistance welded seam, ASTM A795, type E, GR.A, Schedule "Super
Flo". Similar to Allied Super Flo pipe by Allied Tube and Conduit or Dyna-Flow by
American Tube and Pipe Co. THREADING IS NOT ALLOWED.
8.Combination Black/Galvanized Pipe: Mechanical Rolled Groove Only; Black steel
pipe with galvanized exterior, electric resistance welded seam, ASTM A-135
Schedule 10; similar to Allied XL pipe; XL THREADING IS NOT ALLOWED.
9.Sprinkler Head Pipe Drops: Schedule 40, black steel threaded both ends.
C.FITTlNGS:
1.Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.4, Class 125, Class 250, standard pattern,
for threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20. 1.
2.Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 150, Class 300, standard
pattern, for threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1.
3.Ductile-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 150, Class 300, standard
pattern, for threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1.
4.Steel Fittings: UL listed/FM approved ASTM A 106 GR B, ANSI 16.9 or ASTM A
234, seamless or welded, for welded joints.
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
5.Grooved Mechanical Fittings: ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron; ASTM A
47 Grade 32510 malleable iron; or ASTM A53, Type F or Types E or S, Grade B
fabricated steel fittings with grooves or shoulders designed to accept grooved end
couplings.
6.Grooved Mechanical Couplings: Consist of UL listed/FM approved ductile or
malleable iron housing, a synthetic rubber gasket of a central cavity pressure-
responsive design; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure roll-
grooved pipe and fittings. Grooved mechanical couplings including gaskets used on
dry-pipe systems shall be listed for dry-pipe service.
a.Housing: Ductile iron castings (ASTM A 636 Grade 65-45-12).
b.Housing: Malleable iron casting (ASTM A 47 Grade 32510).
c.Rubber Gasket: Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPDM) as standard, to ASTM
D2000.
d.Bolts = carbon steel track bolt (ASTM A 183 Grade 2).
e.Nuts = carbon steel bars (ASTM A 283 Grade D).
7.Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ANSI B16.1, Class 250; raised ground face, bolt holes
spot faced.
8.Cast Bronze Flanges: ANSI B16.24, Class 300; raised ground face, bolt-holes spot
faced.
2.04JOINING MATERIALS:
A.Welding Materials: Comply, with Section II, Part C, ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel"
Codefor welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis of the
pipe being welded.
B.Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, Classification Bag1 (Silver)
C.Gasket Materials: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid or gas to be handled,and
design temperatures and pressures.
2.05BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A.General: Provide piping specialties complying with Division 15 Section, "Piping Specialties,"
in accordance with the following listing:
1.Pipe escutcheons
2.Dielectric unions
3.Drip pans
4.Pipe Sleeves
5.Sleeve seals
6.Fire barrier penetration seals
2.06BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS:
A.General: Supports and anchors shall comply with Section 15140of this specification,
however, installation shall not be less than required by NFPA.
2.07GENERAL PURPOSE VALVES:
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-8
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.ProvideUL listed/FM approved 175 psi working pressure valves complying with Division-
15 "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" Section,"Valves", in accordance with the
following listing:
1.Wafer Check Valve
2.Swing Check Valve
3.Check Valve
4.Detector Check Valve
5.OS& Y Gate Valve
6.Butterfly Valve
2.08SPECIAL PURPOSE VALVE:
A.General: Provide UL listed/FM approved 175 psi working pressure valves in accordance
with the following listing. Provide sizes and types which mate and match piping and
equipment connections.
B.Alarm Check Valve: 175 psig working pressure, designed for horizontal or vertical
installations, and have cast iron, flanged inlet and outlet, bronze grooved seat with "O" ring
seals, single hinge pin and latch design. Provide listed trim sets for bypass, drain, electric
sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages, drip cup assembly piped without valves separate from
main drain line, and fill line attachment with strainer.
C.Test and Drain Valves: UL listed, FM approved, 300 psig, 2", 1-1/2", 1-1/4", or 1", ball type
bronze body, with chrome plated bronze ball; rod brass stem; glass impregnated teflon seat;
steel handle; spring steel handle lock; steel indicator plate; fused tempered, tamper resistant
sight glass (2); permanently installed tamper resistant orifice; tapped for 1/2" pressure gauge;
quarter-turn operation for test, drain and off positions; sized to comply with NFPA-13;
AGF Model #1000.
2.09BASIC METERS AND GAGES:
A.General: Provide meters and gages complying with Division15 Section, "Meters and
Gages," in accordance with the following listing:
1.Pressure gages, 0-250 psi range.
2.10AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS:
A.Sprinkler Heads: Fusible link or glass bulb type of style as indicated or required by the
application. Unless otherwise indicated, provide heads with "Ordinary" temperature range.
Extended coverage sprinklers may be mixed with standard 1/2" orifice sprinklers provided
that the requirements of NFPA 13 article 6-4.4.6 Exception No. 2 are met.
B.Sprinkler Head Finishes: Provide heads with the following finishes:
1.Upright. Pendent and Sidewall Styles: Chrome plated in finish spaces, exposed to
view; rough bronze finish for heads in unfinished spaces and not exposed to view.
Heads shall be wax-coated where installed exposed to acids, chemicals, or other
corrosive fumes.
2.ConcealedStyle: Rough brass, with painted white cover plate. Friction fit plates are
not acceptable.
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-9
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.Flush Style: Bright chrome, with painted white escutcheon plate
4.Recessed Style: Bright chrome, with bright chrome escutcheon plate
5.Intermediate Level Style: Brightchrome
C.Sprinkler Head Cabinet and Wrench: Finished steel baked red enamel cabinet, suitable for
wall mounting, with hinged cover and space for 6spare sprinkler heads plus sprinkler head
wrench. Provide a separate cabinet for each style sprinkler head onthe project.
D.Except as otherwise noted on the drawings, automatic sprinklers shall be of the following
types and finishes:
1.Concealed heads with white covers in all areas with drywall ceilings.
2.Semi-recessed chrome pendent sprinklers in all areas with acoustical tile ceilings.
3.Bronze, upright pendant sprinklers in mechanical and equipment rooms.
4.Chrome sidewall sprinklers in drywall bulkheads.
5.In areas of renovation or modification, match existing sprinkler head types and
ratings.
2.11ALARM DEVICES:
A.General: Types UL listed /F.M. Approved and sizes shall mate and match piping and
equipment connections.
B.Water Flow Indicators: Vane type waterflow detector, rated to 250 psig; designed for
horizontal or vertical installation; have 2-SPDT circuit switches to provideisolated alarm and
auxiliary contacts, 7 ampere 125 volts AC and 0.25 ampere 24 Volts DC; complete with
factory-set, field-adjustable instantly recycling pneumatic retard element to prevent false
signals, and tamper-proof cover which sends a signal when cover is removed. Equal to
Potter VSR-B.
C.Supervisory Switches: Switches to be as indicated or an approved equal:
1.PIV-Potter Electric PIVS-B.
2.OS & Y -Potter Electric OSYSU-2.
3.Butterfly Valve -Potter Electric PIVS-B.
D.Supervisory Switches: SPST, normally closed contacts, designed to signal when valve is in
other than full open position.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01GENERAL:
A.Contractor shall be required review all project documents and inspect all areas in which
piping is to be installed. Contractor shall determine that all areas are environmentally
appropriate for the type of piping installation which will not result in freezing or
condensation such that the adjacent construction may be damaged. If any areas are not
satisfactory to receive piping, provide a modified system orcomponents which will prevent
potential system failure and/or consult the Architect/Engineer (i.e. plenum spaces behind
commercial dryers, etc.).
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-10
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Neither the Contractor nor the Installer shall install piping in unconditioned areas or spaces
which are deemed inappropriate without protection from damage due to freezing.
C.Install backflow prevention in each water supply connection as required by the Plumbing
Code to prevent backflow into public water mains. When required by the local utility, install
bypass meter to detect system leakage and unauthorized use of water, with gate valves on
each side of the meter to permit meter removal, and check valve downstream from the
meter.
D.Provide all valves, drains, and test connections with identification constructed of non-
corrosive materials indicating the following design criteria at each riser:
1.The design area and density requirements of the system.
2.The required flow and pressure.
3.The allowance for hose streams.
3.02PIPE APPLICATIONS:
A.Install Schedule 40 steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings for 2 inch and smaller.
B.Install Schedule 30 steel pipe with cut-grooved ends and grooved mechanical couplings for
8".
C.Install Schedule 10 steel pipe with roll-grooved ends and grooved mechanical couplings for 2
1/2" to 6".
3.03PIPING INSTALLATIONS:
A.Interior Pipe and Fittings:
1.Piping which passes through a non-sprinklered area shall be adequately protected by
fire resistive construction as specified by the Owner and/or code.
2.Cross mains or feed mains which pass through electrical switchgear room(s) shall be
double piped (sleeve) unless the pipe is a branch line serving heads in said rooms.
Sleeve shall be set in such a manner as to avoid joints in the room. If a joint is
required in the room, it shall be a welded joint. Pipe shall be of Schedule 40, black
steel.
3.Piping shall not be installed above electrical equipment including panels, switchgear,
transformers, etc. as mandated by the National Electric Code. All piping shall be
installed at a height so as not to interfere with the operation or servicing of any
mechanical or electrical equipment.
4.Piping shall not pass through electrical transformer rooms.
5.Install sprinkler piping to provide for system drainage in accordance with NFPA 13.
a.Drains shall terminate at an open-site drain, or outside of the building.
Location of drains to building exterior shall be approved by the Owner.
b.System main drain shall be piped to the exterior of the building unless
noted otherwise.
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-11
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
6.In general, sprinkler riser pipe routing has been shown on plans. Integrate sprinkler
piping with ducts, lights, diffusers and other mechanical work. All sprinkler head
locations shall be integrated with reflected ceiling plans.
7.Locations and Arrangements: Drawings plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate the
general location and arrangement of piping systems. So far as practical, install piping
as indicated.
8.All sprinkler piping shall be concealed in walls, above ceiling spaces, or soffits in
finished areas. Sprinkler piping or conduit may be exposed in unfinished areas or
where specifically approved by the Engineer.
9.The Contractor may penetrate or remove walls, ceilings, or floors as required for the
installation of this work. All holes made by the Contractor in any wall, ceiling or
floor must be patched; restoring the walls, ceilings or floors to their original
conditions and fire resistance integrity. Refer to architectural drawings for ratings of
building elements.
10.All piping that passes through a wall, ceiling or floor shall be installed with sleeves in
accordance withSection 15060.
11.All exposed piping which passes through a wall; ceiling or floor shall be provided
with chrome escutcheon plates where exposed to view.
12.Deviations from approved "Working Plans" for sprinkler piping require written
approval of the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction. Written approval shall be on file with
the Architect prior to deviating from the approved "Working Plans.
13.Use approved fittings to make all changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains,
and reductions in pipe sizes.
B.Hangers and Supports: Comply with Section 15140but not less than the requirements of
NFPA 13.
C.Hanger and support spacing and locations for piping joined with grooved mechanical
couplings shall be in accordance with the grooved mechanical coupling manufacturer's
writteninstructions, for rigid systems. Provide protection from damage where subject to
earthquake in accordance with NFPA 13.
D.Make connections between underground and above-ground piping using an approved
transition piece strapped or fastened to prevent separation.
E.Install mechanical sleeve seal at pipe penetrations in basement and foundation walls. Refer to
Division-I5 Section "Basic Piping Materials and Methods”.
F.Install test connections sized and located in accordance with NFPA 13 complete with
shutoff valve.Test connections may also serve as drain pipes.
G.Install pressure gage on the riser or feed main at or near each test connection. Provide gage
with a connection not less than 1/4 inch and having a soft metal seated globe valve,
arranged for draining pipe between gage and valve. Install gages to permit removal, and
where they will not be subject to freezing.
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-12
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.04PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION:
A.Welded Joints: AWS D10.9, Level AR-3.
B.Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads. Join
pipe, fittings, and valves as follows:
1.Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of
internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint.
2.Align threads at point of assembly.
3.Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads.
4.Assemble joint to appropriate thread depth. When using a wrench on valves place
the wrench on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded.
5.Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe with threads which arecorroded or damaged. If
a weld opens during cutting or threading operations, that portion of pipe shall not
be used.
C.Flanged Joints: Align flanges surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening
to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable
lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque
specified by the bolt manufacturer.
D.Mechanical Grooved Joints: Cut or roll grooves on pipe ends dimensionally compatible with
the couplings.
E.Brazed Joints: Comply with the procedures contained in the AWS "Brazing Manual.
1.WARNING:Some filler metals contain compounds which produce highly toxic
fumes when heated. Avoid breathing fumes. Provide adequate ventilation.
F.EndTreatment: After cutting pipe lengths, remove burrs and fins from pipe ends.
3.05VALVE INSTALLATIONS:
A.General: Install fire protection specialty valves, fittings, and specialties in accordance with
the manufacturer's written instructions, NFPA 13, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
B.Gate Valves: Install supervised-open gate valves so located to control all sources of water
supply except fire department connections. Where there is more than one control valve,
provide permanently marked identification signs indicating the portion of the system
controlled by each valve. Refer to SpecificationSection "Mechanical Identification" for valve
tags and signs.
C.Install check valves in each water supply connection.
D.Test and Drain Valves: Install properly sized and in proper direction of flow, test and drain
valves in locations indicated or otherwise required to comply with NFPA-13 and the Indiana
Building Code.
3.06IDENTIFICATION:
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-13
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.This Contractor shall identify all piping installed by him, exposed or concealed, with a label
consisting of an arrow indicating direction of flow and an abbreviation of the service.
1.Piping shall be labeled close to valves, at changes in direction, at branches, at access
panels, where pipes pass through the floor before going through the floor), and at
entry point into rooms, however, spacing of labels shall not exceed twenty feet.
2.The following table of letter sizes shall apply.
Pipe & covering O.D Letter Size
Under 1" Diameter1/2"
1" to 3" Diameter1"
Over 3" Diameter2"
B.All exposed fire protection piping shall be painted. Except for mechanical, general storage
and utility areas, paint shall match interior finish or as specified by Owner. Mechanical,
general storage and utility shall be painted red equal to Glidden #4520 or Rustoleum #964.
3.07SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATIONS:
A.Sprinkler heads shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations.
B.Sprinkler heads shall he located in the center of the tile in areas with 2 x 2 feet ceiling tiles.
C.Sprinkler heads which are less than 84" above finished floor or are located as to be subject to
mechanical injury shall be protected with approved guards.
D.Use proper tools to prevent damage during installations.
3.08FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A.Sprinkler Piping Flushing: Prior to connecting sprinkler risers for flushing, flush water feed
mains, lead-in connections and control portions of sprinkler piping. After fire sprinkler
piping installation has been completed and before piping is placed in service, flush entire
sprinkler system, as required to remove foreign substances, under pressure as specified in
NFPA 13. Continue flushing until water is clear, and check to ensure that debris has not
clogged sprinklers.
B.Hydrostatic Testing: After flushing system, test fire sprinkler piping hydrostatically, for
period of two hours, at not less than 200 psi or at 50 psi in excess of maximum static
pressure when maximum static pressure is in excessof 150 psi. Check system for leakage of
joints. Measure hydrostatic pressure at low point of each system or zone being tested.
C.Repairor replace piping system as required to eliminate leakage in accordance with NFPA
standards for "little or no leakage" and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance.
D.Contractor’s Material & Test Certificates shall be provided to the Architect/Engineerand
Owner following successful completion of all testing.
3.09ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A.Cleaning and Inspections: Clean and inspect fire protection system in accordance with
requirements of NFPA 13."
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-14
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.10EXTRA STOCK:
A.Sprinkler Head Wrenches: Furnish to Owner, 2 sprinkler head wrenches for each type of
sprinkler head installed.
B.Sprinkler Heads and Cabinets: Furnish sixextra sprinkler heads of each style included in the
project. Furnish each style with its' own sprinkler head cabinet and special wrenches as
specifiedin this Section.
3.11GUARANTEE:
A.The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year
beginning with the date of final acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor shall be
responsible during the design, installation, testing and guarantee periods for any damage
caused by him or his subcontractors, or by defects in his or his subcontractors’ work,
materials or equipment.
B.The Contractor shall provide emergency repair service for the system, within 24 hours of a
request for such service by the Owner during the guarantee period. This service shall be
provided on a 24 hours per day, seven days per week basis.
END OF SECTION
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM15300-15
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15306 –CLEAN AGENT TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02WORK DESCRIPTION:
A.This specification outlines the requirements for a Clean Agent total flooding fire
suppression systemwith automatic detection and control. The work described in this
specification includes all engineering, labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary and
required, to complete and test the suppression system.
B.The system shall consist of multiple detection and releasing zones. Zones are as follows:
1.Zone 1:Server Room
1.03PRODUCTS INCLUDED:
A.Agent Storage Tanks
B.Distribution Piping and Discharge Nozzles
C.Control Panels
D.Detectors
E.Manual Pull Stations
F.Abort Stations
G.Audible and Visual Alarms
1.04WORK BY OTHERS:
A.Electrical power supply to the control panel shall be provided as specified under Division 16
Sections.
B.HVAC dampers and actuators as required for total room isolation shall be provided as
specified under other Division 15 Sections. Interlock wiring and conduit, relays or shunt
trip breakers, and final connection shall be by the fire suppression system installation
contractor.
C.Connection to local or remote fire alarm systems or listed central alarm station(s) shall be
provided as specified under Division 16 Sections.
D.The general contractor shall be responsible for sealing and securing the protected spaces
against agent loss and/or leakage during the ten minute test period.
1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.The equipment, design, installation, testing, and maintenance of the fire suppression system
shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in the latest edition of the
following codes and standards:
CLEAN AGENT TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM15306-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.NFPA No. 2001: Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems
2.NFPA No. 70: National Electrical Code
3.NFPA No. 72: Standard for Protective Signaling
4.NFPA No. 75: Electronic Computer Systems
5.FactoryMutual Approval Guides
B.All devices and equipment shall be UL listed and/or FM approved. All devices,
components, and equipment shall be new and standard products of the manufacturer’s latest
design, suitable for the functions intended.
C.Manufacturer:
1.Themanufacturer of the fire suppression system and components shall have a
minimum of 10 years experience in the design and manufacture of similar types of
suppression systems.
2.All devices, components and equipment shall be products of the same
manufacturer.
3.Acceptable Manufacturers:
a.Ansul Inergen Systems
b.Chemtron
c.Fike Protection Systems
d.Kidde-Fenwall
D.Installer:
1.The installing contractor shall be trained by the manufacturer to design, install, test
and maintain Clean Agent total flooding fire suppression systems.
2.The installing contractor must have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the
design, installation and testing of Clean Agent total flooding fire suppression
systems. A list of systems of a similar nature and scope shall be provided on
request.
1.06SUBMITTALS:
A.Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for storage
vessels, controls, each type sprinkler head, valve, and piping specialty. And fire protection
specialty.
1.Submittals and shop drawings shall include the following data:
B.Field installation layout drawings having a scale of not less than 1/8” = 1’-0” detailing the
location of all clean agent storage tanks, pipe runs including pipe sizes and lengths, controls
panel(s), detectors, manual pull stations, abort stations, audible and visual alarms, etc.
C.Auxiliary details and information such as maintenance panels, door holders, special sealing
requirements, and equipment shutdowns.
D.Separate layout drawings shall be provided for each level, (I.e.; room sub-floor and above
ceiling) for mechanical and electrical work.
CLEAN AGENT TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM15306-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
E.A separate layout drawing showing isometric details of clean agent storage containers,
mounting details, and proposed pipe runs and sizes.
F.Electrical layout drawings which show the location of all devices and include point-to-point
conduit runs.
G.Internal control wiring diagrams which include power supply requirements and field
termination points.
H.Graphic annunciator wiring schematics and dimensioned display panel illustration.
I.Complete hydraulic flow calculations, from a UL listed computer program, shall be provided
for all engineered clean agent systems. Calculation sheet(s) must include the manufacturer’s
name and UL listing for verification. The individual sections of pipe and each fitting to be
used, as shown on the isometrics, must be identified and included in the calculation. Total
agent discharge time must be shown and detailed by zone.
J.A complete sequence of operation shall be submitted detailing all alarm devices, shutdown
functions, remote signaling, damper operation, time delay and agent discharge for each zone
or system.
K.Submit maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1. Maintenance manuals shall
include the following:
1.Parts lists for each type and size of device
2.Published installation instructions.
3.Troubleshooting maintenance guide for each type of device.
4.Maintenance and testing instructions for all system equipment.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION:
A.TheClean Agent total flooding fire suppression systemshall be complete in all ways. It
shall include all mechanical and electrical installation, all detection and control equipment,
agent storage containers, agent, nozzles, pipe and fittings, manual release and abort stations,
audible and visual alarm devices, auxiliary devices and controls, shutdowns, alarm interface,
caution/advisory signs, functional checkout and testing, training and all other operations
necessary for a functional, UL listed and/or FM approvedClean Agent total flooding fire
suppression system.
B.The system shall provide a minimum design concentration of 50% by volume, in all areas
and/or protected spaces at the minimum anticipated temperature within the protected area.
C.The system(s) shall be actuated by a combination of ionization and/or photoelectric
detectors installed at a minimum spacing of 250 sq.ft. per detector, in both the room and
sub-floor protected spaces. (Ref. NFPA 72)
D.Detectors shall be wired of “Verified Detection” method of operation, using either a Class
“A” or Class “B” wiring arrangement. No other detection/wiring arrangement will be
acceptable.
E.Automatic operation of each protected area shall be as follows:
CLEAN AGENT TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM15306-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Actuation of one (1) detector, within the system, shall:
a.Illuminate the “ALARM” lamp on the control panel face.
b.Energize an alarm bell.
c.Transfer two (2) sets of 10 amp rated auxiliary contacts which can perform
auxiliary system functions such as shutdown HVAC equipment.
2.Actuation of a second detector, within the system, shall:
a.Illuminate the “PRE-DISCHARGE” lamp on the control panel face.
b.Energize horn/strobe device.
c.Start time-delay sequence (not to exceed 30 seconds).
d.System abort sequence is enabled at this time.
3.After completion of the time-delay sequence, the system shall discharge and the
following shall occur:
a.Illuminate a “SYSTEM FIRED”lamp on the control panel face.
b.Shutdown of all power to high-voltage equipment.
c.Energize a visual indicator outside the hazard in which the discharge
occurred.
d.Energize a “System Fired” audible device.
4.The system shall be capable of being actuated by manual discharge devices located
as shown on drawings. Operation of a manual device shall duplicate the “Verified
Detection” sequence description above except that the time delay and abort
functions SHALL be by-passed. The manual discharge station shall beof the
electrical actuation type and shall be supervised at the main control panel.
F.Work of this section of the specifications shall include all electrical wiring, conduit, and all
other necessary electrical components not indicated on the Electrical Drawings and
Specifications for a complete and operational system.
2.02MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
A.Agent Storage and Distribution: Each system shall have its own supply of agent.
1.The system design can be modular, central storage, or a combination of both per
designcriteria.
2.Systems shall be designed in accordance with the manufacturer’s guidelines.
3.Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, the supply shall be located within the
hazard area, or as near as possible, to reduce the amount of pipe and fittings
requiredto install the system.
4.Containers shall be actuated by parallel wired initiators through an Agent Release
Module (ARM) located at each agent container.
5.Each container shall be fitted with a Liquid Level Device. It shall be possible to
determine the container agent quantity without removing the container from its
mounting bracket, disconnecting the distribution piping, or removing the system
from service.
6.System manufacturer shall be capable of pre-engineered or engineered piping
configurations. Manufacturer shall be capable of providing a UL approved
computer flow calculation for each piping system. Computer program shall be
CLEAN AGENT TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM15306-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
specifically designed for use with the agent and not Halon. Manufacturers without
such a program will not be accepted.
B.Control Panel:
1.The control panel shall be a microprocessor based addressable system capable of
handling multiple zones of detection and suppression from each addressable loop.
The panel will control all zones from one central location. The panel shall have a
24 hour integral battery standby power supply. The control panel shall be a listed
“Releasing Device” and will perform all the functions necessary to operate the
system detection, actuation and auxiliary system functions as outlined.
2.The control panel shall behoused in a wall mounted enclosure suitable for
protecting electrical circuits. It shall be an 18 ga. metal cabinet with a hinged,
locked door, painted with an attractive finish.
3.The control unit shall operate on 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
4.The control panel shall provide an audible and visual “Trouble” signal in the event
a loss of AC, rectified, or battery power.
5.The control panel shall include a self-contained, 24 VDC emergency power supply,
including a battery charger and (2) Gel-Cell rechargeable batteries with a minimum
rating of 7.0 Amp Hours.
6.The control panel shall include the following additional features:
a.Automatic learn mode for quicker, reliable system configuration
b.Three levels of password protection with built-in individual user profiles
c.Full function 24 button keypad
d.1800 event history buffer with dedicated 600 event alarm buffer
e.Two levels of adjustable pre-alarm thresholds for smoke sensor to provide
early warning indication of potential emergency conditions
f.Automatic Day/Night smoke sensor sensitivity adjustments with weekend
and holiday schedule adjustments
g.Automatic sensitivity testing in accordance with NFPA 72
h.Drift compensation routines to compensate for dust/dirt accumulation
i.Walk test capability with optional notification appliance verification
C.Detectors:
1.The detectors shall be spaced and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
specifications and within the guidelines of NFPA 72.
D.Manual Release Switch:
1.The manual release switches shall be dual action devices which provide a meansof
manually discharging the fire suppression system when used in conjunction with the
control panel.
2.Manual actuation shall by-pass the time delay and abort functions, shall cause the
system to discharge, and shall cause all alarm and shutdown devices to operate in
the same manner as if the system had operated automatically.
E.Abort Station:
1.The abort station shall be the “Dead Man” type and shall be located next to each
manual switch.
CLEAN AGENT TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM15306-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
a.The abort station shall be supervised and shall indicate a trouble condition
at the system control panel if depressed.
b."Locking" or "Keyed" abort stations shall not be permitted.
c.The abort station can be provided with an optional digital countdown
timer.
F.Audible and Visual Alarms: Alarm signal devices shall operate from the Clean Agent control
panel.
1.Provide audible and visual alarms as required to comply with NFPA 2001 and the
recommendations of the equipment manufacturer.
G.Caution/Advisory Signs:
1.Provide signs as required to comply with NFPA 2001 and the recommendations of
theequipment manufacturer.
2.Entrance sign: (1) required at each entrance to a protected space.
3.Manual Discharge sign: (1) required at each manual discharge station.
4.Flashing Light sign: (1) required at each flashing light over each exit from a
protected space.
PART 3 -EXECUTION:
3.01INSTALLATION:
A.Work shall be accomplished by an approved fire protection equipment Contractor, regularly
employed in the installation of automatic Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems.
1.Install all piping, containers, nozzles, controls, etc. as required for a complete
system as recommended by the manufacturer.
B.System and Control Wiring: All system wiring shall be furnished and installed by the system
contractor.
1.All wiring shall be installed in electrical metallic tubing (EMT) or conduit.
2.All system components shall be securely supported independent of the wiring. Runs
of conduit and wiring shall be straight, neatly arranged, properly supported, installed
parallel and perpendicular to walls and partitions.
3.The sizes of the conductors shall bethose specified by the manufacturer. Color
codes shall be used. All wires shall be tagged at all junction points and shall be free
from grounds and crosses between conductors. Final connections between
equipment and the system wiring shall be made under the direct supervision of a
factory trained representative.
4.All wiring shall be installed by qualified individuals, in a neat and workmanlike
manner, to conform to the National Electrical Code, Article 725, for Class 1 Signal
Systems, except as otherwise permitted for limited energy circuits, as described in
NFPA 72 -1993 edition. Wiring installation shall meet all State and local codes.
5.The complete system electrical installation, and all auxiliary components, shall be
grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code.
6.All electrical interconnection wiring, and a 20 amp, 115 VAC power source on a
separate circuit in conduit to Clean Agent control panel with a hot, neutral and
grounding wire (a common neutral is not acceptable) shall be provided by the
Electrical Contractor, unless noted otherwise.
CLEAN AGENT TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM15306-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.02IDENTIFICATION:
A.This Contractor shall identify all piping installed by him, exposed or concealed, with a label
consisting of an arrow indicating direction of flow and an abbreviation of the service.
1.Pipingshall be labeled close to valves, at changes in direction, at branches, at
access panels, where pipes pass through the floor (before going through the floor),
and at entry point into rooms, however, spacing of labels shall not exceed twenty
feet.
2.Labels shall be in contrasting color, such as black or white placed conspicuous
location subject to approval by the Owner and Architect. The label shall consist of
an arrow, approximately six inches in length with the width to be determined by
letter height, and anabbreviation of the service ("FE SYS" for Fire Extinguishing
System).
3.The following table of letter sizes shall apply.
Pipe & Covering O.D.Letter Size
Under 1" Diameter1/2"
1" to 3" Diameter1"
Over 3" Diameter2"
B.All exposed fire protection piping shall be painted, except for mechanical, general storage
and utility areas, paint shall match interior finish or as specified by Owner. Mechanical,
general storage and utility shall be painted red equal to Glidden #4520 or Rustoleum #964.
3.03HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A.Pipe hangers shall be as specified in NFPA. 2001 and ANSI B31.1 "Power Piping" Code.
Provide protection from damage where subject to earthquake in accordance with the
International Building Code.
3.04CONTAINERS:
A.The containers shall be provided with all necessary mounting brackets and shall be available
for installation in the upright, inverted or horizontal positions, depending upon system
requirements and the manufacturer's recommendations.
3.05CLEAN UP:
A.The Contractor shall clean up all areas required for or incidental to his work. Clean up shall
include the removal of all debris, surplus material, etc., and washing of walls, floors, etc., as
necessary to restore the work area to the same condition it was prior to the installation. All
clean up shall be approved by the Owner.
3.06TESTING:
A.After the system installation has been completed, the entire system shall be checked out,
inspected and functionally tested by qualified, trained personnel, in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommended procedures and NFPA standards.
CLEAN AGENT TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM15306-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.All containers and distribution piping shall be checked for proper mounting and
installation.
2.All electrical wiring shall be tested for proper connection, continuity and resistance
to ground.
3.The complete system shall be functionally tested, in the presence of the owner or
his representative, and all functions, including system and equipment interlocks,
must be operational at least five (5) days prior to the final acceptance tests.
4.Each detector shall be tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended
procedures, and test values recorded.
5.All system and equipment interlocks, such as door release devices, audible and
visual devices, equipment shutdowns, local and remote alarms, etc. shall function as
required and designed.
6.Each control panel circuit shall be tested for trouble by inducing a trouble condition
into the system.
B.A room pressurization test shall be conducted, in each protected space, to determine the
presence of openings, which would affect system agent concentration levels.The test(s)
shall be conducted using the Retro-Tec Corp. door fan system, or equivalent, with integrated
computer program. All testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 2001.
1.If room pressurization testing indicates that openings exist which would result in
leakage and/or loss of the extinguishing agent, the Installing Contractor shall be
responsible for coordinating the proper sealing of the protected space(s) by the
General Contractor or his subcontractor or agent. The General Contractor shall be
responsible for adequately sealing all protected space(s) against agent loss or
leakage. The Installing Contractor shall inspect all work to ascertain that the
protected space(s) have been adequately and properly sealed.
2.THE CLEAN AGENT INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALLBE
RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SUCCESS OF THE ROOM PRESSURIZATION
TESTS. If the first room pressurization test is not successful, in accordance with
these specifications, the Installing Contractor shall direct the General Contractor to
determine, and correct, thecause of the test failure. The Installing Contractor shall
conduct additional room pressurization tests, at no additional cost to the Owner,
until a successful test is obtained. Copies of successful test results shall be
submitted to the Owner for record.
3.The responsibility to inspect the rooms prior to test for adequate sealing and
tightness shall be that of the Clean Agent system manufacturer or his representative.
However, the Owner shall be responsible for any work incurred in making the
area(s) "air-tight" per the recommendations of the Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing
System manufacturer or his representative.
C.Upon acceptance by the Owner, the completed Clean Agent total flooding fire suppression
system/s shall be placed in normal service.
3.07TRAINING:
A.Prior to final acceptance, the installing contractor shall provide minimum of eight hours of
operational training to the Owner. The training session(s) shall include system control panel
operation, manual and abort functions, trouble procedures, auxiliary functions and
emergency procedures.
3.08INSPECTIONS:
CLEAN AGENT TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM15306-8
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Provide two (2) inspections during the first year of service. Inspections shall be made at six
month intervals commencing when the system is first placed into normal service.
END OF SECTION
CLEAN AGENT TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM15306-9
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15411 -DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15
Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02SUMMARY:
A.All pipe, fittings, and pipe joining material used for potable water systems shall be
lead free in accordance with state and federal regulations.
B.This Section specifies the water distribution piping system, including potable cold,
hot, and recirculated hot water piping, fittings, and specialties within the building to.
C.Products installed but not furnished under this Section include water meters which
will be provided by the Utility Company, to the site, ready for installation.
1.03DEFlNITIONS:
A.Water Distribution Piping: A pipe within the building, or on the premises, which
conveys water from the water service pipe, or meter, to the points of usage.
B.Water Service Piping: The pipe from the water main, or other source of potable
water supply, to the water distributing system of the building served.
C.Pipe sizes used in this Specification are Nominal Pipe Size (NPS).
1.04SUBMITTALS:
A.Product data for each piping specialty and valve specified.
1.Submittals and shop drawings shall includethe following data:
a.Manufacturer’s technical data including valve performance and
capacity.
b.Accessories furnished.
c.Manufacturer’s recommended installation methods.
B.Maintenance data for each piping specialty and valve specified for inclusion in
Operation andMaintenance Manual.
1.Maintenance manuals shall include the following:
a.Parts lists for each type and size of thermostatic valve unit
b.Published installation instructions.
c.Troubleshooting maintenance guide for each type of thermostatic
valve unit.
C.Welder’scertificates certifying that welders comply with requirements specified in
Quality Assurance below.
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.Certification of Compliance with ASME and UL fabrication requirements specified
below.
E.Test reports specified in Part 3 of this Section.
1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the provisions of the following:
1.ASME B 31.9 “Building Services Piping”for, materials, products and
installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate
ASME label.
2.ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX,“Welding and Brazing
Qualification”for Qualifications for Welding Processes and Operators
3.Indiana Plumbing Code.
B.Reference Standards:
1.ASSE Standard 1016: Performance Requirements for Individual
Thermostatic, Pressure Balancing and Combination Control Valves for
Bathing Facilities.
2.ASSE Standard 1017: Performance Requirements for Temperature
Actuated Mixing Valves for Primary Domestic Use
3.ANSI Standard Z358.1-1998: Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment
4.Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines
C.Each thermostatic valve unit shall be completely factory assembled, piped, tested,
and adjusted with water flow, prior to shipment.
1.06DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A.Store pipe in a manner to prevent sagging and bending.
B.Store CPVC, PVC, or PB pipe and fittings protected from direct sunlight.
1.07SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A.Coordinate the size and location of concrete equipment pads. Cast anchor bolt
inserts into pad. Concrete reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified
in Division3.
B.Coordinate the installation of pipe sleeves for foundation wall penetrations.
1.08EXTRA STOCK:
A.Maintenance Stock: Furnish one valve key for each key operated hydrant, bibb, or
faucet installed.
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS:
A.Manufacturers: Subject tocompliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
B.Balance Cocks:
1.American Air Filter Co.
2.Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
3.Hammond Valve Corp.
4.Milwaukee Valve Co., Inc.
5.Spirax Sarco
6.Taco, Inc.
C.Bibbs and Faucets:
1.Chicago Faucet Co.
2.Hammond Valve Corp.
3.Lee Brothers: Div. Phelps Dodge Brass Co.
4.Mansfield Plumbing Products
5.Nibco Inc.
6.Watts Regulator Co.
D.Vacuum Breakers
1.Watts Regulator Co.
2.Febco Sales, Inc.; Subs. of Charles M. Bailey Co., Inc.
3.Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins-Regulator Div.
E.Thermostatic Mixing Valves
1.Lawler
2.Bradley
3.Powers Hydroguard
4.Sloan
5.Symmons
F.Relief Valves:
1.Cash (A. W.) Valve Mfg. Corp.
2.Conbraco Industries, Inc.
3.Watts Regulator Co.
4.Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins-Regulator Div.
G.Water Hammer Arresters:
1.Amtrol, Inc.
2.Josam Manufacturing Co.
3.Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co.
4.Wade/Tyler Pipe; Sub. of Tyler Corp.
5.Watts Drainage Products
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
6.Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydromechanics Div.
7.(Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc.)
8.(Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.)
H.Dielectric Unions:
1.PerfectionCorp.
2.Watts Regulator Co.
I.Y-Pattern Strainers:
1.Armstrong Machine Works
2.Hofhman Specialty ITT: Fluid Handling Div.
3.Metraflex Co.
4.Mueller
5.Spirax Sarco
6.Watts Regulator Co.
J.Press Fittings
1.ProPress by Ridgid/Viega
2.02PIPE AND TUBE MATERIALS:
A.General: Refer to Part 3, Article Applications, for identification of systems where
the below materials are used.
B.Drawn tempered copper tubing: ASTM B88, Type L
C.Annealed tempered copper tubing: ASTM B88, Type K
D.Steel pipe: ASTM A12O, schedule 40, seamless, galvanized, cut groove ends.
2.03FITTINGS:
A.Wrought-Copper Fittings: ANSI B16.22, streamlined pattern.
B.Galvanized Cast-iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern,
for threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1.
C.Press fittings: Copper press fittings shall conform to the material and sizing
requirements of ASME B16.18 or B16.22. O-rings for the copper press fittings
shall be EPDM.
D.Grooved Mechanical Fittings: ASTM A 106, Grade B galvanized steel fittings with
grooves or shoulders designed to acceptgrooved end couplings.
E.Grooved Mechanical Couplings: Consist of non-galvanized ductile or malleable iron
housing, a synthetic rubber gasket of a central cavity pressure-responsive design;
with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and
fittings.
F.Cast-iron Threaded Flanges: ANSI B16.1, Class 125; raised ground face, bolt holes
spot faced.
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
G.Cast Bronze Flanges: ANSI B16.24, Class 150; raised ground face, bolt holes spot
faced.
2.04UNIONSANDCONNECTORS:
A.Unions: ANSI B16.39, malleable iron, Class 150, hexagonal stock, with ball-and-
socket joints, metal-to-metal bronze seating surfaces; female threaded ends. Threads
shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1.
B.Dielectric Unions: Threaded or soldered end connections as required to suit
application; constructed to isolate copper from galvanized pipe, prevent galvanic
action, and prevent corrosion.
C.Flexible Connectors: Stainless steel bellows with woven flexible bronze wire
•
reinforcing protective jacket; minimum 150 psig working pressure, maximum 250F
operating temperature. Connectors shall have flanged or threaded end connections
to match equipment connected; and shall be capable of 3/4 inch misalignment.
2.05JOINING MATERIALS:
A.Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, 95-5 Tin-Antimony.
1.J.W. Harris "Stay-safe 50" or equal 94.5% Tin,0.5% Silver,3% Antimony,
1.5% Zincand0.5%Copper.
B.Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCup-4 6% silver for joints below ground.
C.Copper Pipe 2 1/2”and larger; (TIG) Gas Tungsten arc welding.
D.Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled, and
design temperatures and pressures.
2.06GENERAL DUTY VALVES:
A.Valves (i.e., gate, globe, check, ball, and butterfly valves) are specified in Division-15
Section“Valves”.Special duty valves are specified below by their generic name;
refer to Part 3 Article "VALVE APPLICATION" for specific uses and applications
for each valve specified.
2.07SPECIAL DUTY VALVES:
A.Balance Cocks: Class 125, bronze body, bronze plug, screw driver operated, straight
or angle pattern, with threaded end connections conforming to ANSI B1.20.1.
2.08THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE:
A.GENERAL:
1.Thermostatic mixing valve requirements shall include a cast bronze body,
thermostatic element of bellows or bi-metallic design of non-corrosive
components, union inlets, combination strainer check-stops, tamper
resistant adjustment, failure of thermostatic element shall shut off flow.
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
a.Provide cabinet assembly containing thermostatic mixing valve,
trim, and specified accessories. Cabinet shall be constructed of 16
gauge galvanized steel with white baked enamel finish, with door,
left hand piano-type hinge, flanges for recessed installation, and
cylinder lock for security. Entire cabinet system shall be factory
assembled, with inlet and outlet piping and dial thermometer.
2.09PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A.Water Hammer Arresters: Water hammer arresters shall be sized, tested and
certified in accordance with PDI Standard WH-201, A.S.S.E.-1010 and A.N.S.I.-
A112.26.1.
1.Constructed of all stainless steel and with internal heavy duty balanced
expansion bellows, pre-charged suitable for operation in temperature range
of minus 100 to 300 degrees F and maximum 250 psig working pressure.
2.10REGULATING AND RELIEF VALVES:
A.Relief Valves: Provide proper size relief valve, in accordance with ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Codes, for indicated capacity of the appliance for which installed.
B.Combined Pressure-Temperature Relief Valves: Bronze body, test lever, thermostat,
complying with ANSI Z21.22 listing requirements for temperature discharge
?
capacity. Providetemperature relief at 210 F, and pressure relief at 150 psig.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01EXAMINATION:
A.Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify that all water distribution piping
may be installed in accordance with pertinent codes and regulations, the original
design and the referenced standards.
B.Examine rough-in requirements for plumbing fixtures and other equipment having
water connections to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to
installation.
C.Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02PIPE APPLICATIONS:
A.Install Type L, drawn copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and solder joints
for 4 inch and smaller above ground, within building. At the contractor’s option,
install Type L, drawn copper tubing with wrought copper press fittings in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for 2 inch and smaller above
ground within building.
B.Install Type K, annealed temper copper tubing for 2 inch and smaller with
minimum number of joints, below ground and within slabs.
C.Install steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings for all sizes larger than 4" above
ground, within building.
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.Install steel pipe with cut-grooved ends, grooved mechanical fittings, and
mechanical couplings above ground, inside the building.
3.03PIPING INSTALLATION:
A.General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams)
indicate the general location and arrangement of the piping systems. Location and
arrangement of piping layout take into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss,
expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. So far as practical, install
piping as indicated.
B.Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections.
C.Branch connections shall be made from the side or bottom of the main to facilitate
drainage.
D.Install exposed piping, at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are
not permitted, unless expressly indicated.
E.Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit
proper insulation applications.
F.Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings,
below grade or floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view.
G.Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent
elements of the building.
H.Provide space to permit insulation applications, with 1 inch clearance outside the
insulation. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel
removal.
I.Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying full
insulation and servicing of valves.
J.Install drains at low points in mains, risers, and branch lines consisting of a tee
fitting, 3/4 inch ball valve, and short 3/4 inch threaded nipple and cap.
K.Fire Barrier Penetrations: Where pipes pass through time rated fire restive
construction including fire rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors, maintain the
fire rated integrity. Refer to Division-7 for special sealers and materials.
L.Install piping level with no pitch.
3.04HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A.General: Hangers, supports, and anchors devices are specified in Division-15
Section 15140 "SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS".Conform to the table below for
maximum spacing of supports:
B.Install the following pipe attachments
1.Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20
feet in length.
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs
20 feet and longer.
3.Pipe roller, complete-MSS Type 44 for multiple horizontal runs, 20 feet or
longer, support on a trapeze.
C.Install hangers with the following minimum rod sizes and maximum spacing:
Nom. Pipe SizeMax. Span-FtMin. Rod Size-Inches
1 and smaller73/8
1-1/4 and 1-1/293/8
2103/8
3121/2
3-1/2131/2
4145/8
5165/8
6173/4
8197/8
10227/8
12237/8
Support vertical runs at each floor.
3.05PIPE AND TUBE JOINT CONSTRUCTION:
A.Soldered Joints: Comply with the procedures contained in the AWS "Soldering
Manual."
1.CAUTION: Remove stems, seats, and packing of valves and accessible
internal parts of piping specialties before soldering.
2.Heat joints to proper and uniform temperature.
B.Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1.20. 1, tapered pipe threads for field cut
threads. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity
of internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into
joint.
2.Align threads at point of assembly.
3.Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads
(except where dry seal threading is specified).
4.Assemble joint wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end
into which the pipe is being threaded.
5.Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe with threads which an corroded or
damaged. If a weld opens during cutting or threading operations, that
portion of pipe shall not be used.
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-8
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
C.Flanged Joints: Align flanged surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt
tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as
possible.
1.Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.
2.Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly using torque wrench.
3.06VALVE APPLICATIONS:
A.General Duty Valve Applications: The Drawings indicate valve types to be used.
Where specific valve types are not indicated the following requirements apply:
B.Shut-off duty: Use gate, ball, and butterfly valves.
C.Throttling duty: Use ball, and butterfly valves.
3.07INSTALLATION OF VALVES:
A.Sectional Valves: Install sectional valves on each branch and riser close to main,
where branch or riser serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures or equipment
connections, and elsewhere as indicated. For sectional valves 2 inch and smaller, use
gate or ball valves; for sectional valves 2-1/2 inch and larger, use gate or butterfly
valves.
B.Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valves on inlet of each plumbing equipment item, and
on inlet of each plumbing fixture, and elsewhere as indicated. For shutoff valves 2
inch and smaller, use gate or ball valves; for shutoff valves 2-1/2 inch and larger, use
gate or butterfly valves.
C.Drain Valves: Install drain valves on each plumbing equipment item, located to
completely drain equipment for service or repair. Install drain valves at the base of
each riser, at low points of horizontal runs, and elsewhere as required to completely
drain distribution piping system. For drain valves 2 inch and smaller, use gate or ball
valves; for drain valves 2-1/2 inch and larger, use gate or butterfly valves.
D.Check Valves: Install swing check valves on discharge side of each pump, and
elsewhere as indicated.
E.Balance Cocks: Install in each hot water recirculating loop, the discharge side of
each pump, and elsewhere as indicated.
3.08INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A.Install backflow preventers at each connection to mechanical equipment and
systems, and in compliance with the plumbing code and authority having
jurisdiction. Locate in same room as equipment being connected. Pipe relief outlet
without valves, to nearest floor drain. RPZ backflow preventers are required only
on specific services, per State of Indiana Administrative Rules, Section 327 IAC
8-10-4, "Cross Connection Hazards".
B.Install full size piping from discharge of pressure relief valves to nearest floor drain
or mop basin.
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-9
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
C.Size and Locate Water Hammer Arresters in accordance with the following
schedule, and located within an effective range of the quick-closing valve as per the
requirements of Standard PDI-WH2O1 current edition, whether shown or not
shown on the drawings.
WATER HAMMER ARRESTER SCHEDULE
MARKI.P.S.F.U. RATINGJ.R. SMITH NO.WADE NO.ZURN NO.
'A'3/4"1-115005W-5100
'B'1”12-325010W-10200
'C'1”33-605020W20300
'D'1”61-1135030W-50400
'E'1”114-1545040W-75500
'F'1”155-3305050W-100600
All water hammer arresters shall be P.D.I. certified.
3.09INSTALLATION OF THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES:
A.Install thermostatic mixing valves and trim as recommended by manufacturer.
Provide valve, strainer, and union on each inlet, check valve, and shut-off valve on
outlet.
B.On installations whichinclude a domestic hot water return system, piping
arrangement shall be installed per the manufacturer’s requirements.
C.Following completion of installation, plumbing contractor shall verify each unit for
proper operation and shall adjust each unit for correct discharge temperature.On
High/Low thermostatic valve setup, the contractor shall open enough fixtures to
establish a high flow condition during temperature adjustment. Contractor shall
maintain flow for a minimum of 10 minutes to ensure adequate temperature
settings.
3.10EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:
A.Supplies and Trim: All supplies, hardware, trim, traps, etc. to fixtures and equipment
shall be chrome plated brass if exposed.
B.Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide hot and cold water piping runouts to fixtures of
sizes indicated, but in no case smaller than required by Plumbing Code.
C.Mechanical Equipment Connections: Connect hot and cold water piping system to
mechanical equipment as indicated. Provide shutoff valve and union for each
connection. Provide drain valve on drain connection. For connections 2-1/2" and
larger, use flanges instead of unions.
3.11FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A.Inspections: Inspect water distribution piping as follows:
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-10
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Do not enclose, cover, or put into operation water distribution piping
system until it has been inspected and approved by the authority having
jurisdiction.
2.During the process of the installation, notify the plumbing official having
jurisdiction, at least 24 hours prior to the time such inspection must be
made. Perform tests specified below in the presence of the plumbing
official.
3.Rough-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of the piping system before
being concealed or closed-in after system is roughed-in, and prior to setting
fixtures.
4.Final Inspection: Arrange for a final inspection bythe plumbing official to
observe the tests specified below and to insure compliance with the
requirements of the plumbing code.
5.Reinspections: Whenever the plumbing official finds that the piping system
will not pass the test or inspection, make the required corrections and
arrange for reinspection by the plumbing official.
6.Reports: Prepare inspection reports, signed by the plumbing official.
B.Test water distribution piping as follows:
1.Test for leaks and defects all new water distribution piping systems and
parts of existing systems which have been altered, extended or repaired. If
testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test,
complete with a diagram of the portion of the system tested.
2.Leave uncovered and unconcealed all new, altered, extended, or replaced
water distribution piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose all
such work for testing that has been covered or concealed before it has been
tested and approved.
3.Cap and subject the piping system to a static water pressure of 50 psig
above the operating pressure without exceeding the pressure rating of the
piping system materials. Isolate the test source and allow to stand for a
period of 4 hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects which
must be repaired.
4.Repair all leaks and defects using new materials and retest system or portion
thereof until satisfactory results are obtained.
5.Prepare reports for all tests and required corrective action.
3.12ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A.Clean and Disinfect water distribution piping as follows:
B.Purge all new water distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems, which
have been altered, extended, or repaired prior to use.
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-11
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
C.Hot water piping shall be sterilized with cold water, not heated.
D.Use the purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by the authority having
jurisdiction, or in case a method is not prescribed by that authority, the procedure
described in either AWWA C651, or AWWA D105. or as described below:
1.Flush the piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not
appear at the points of outlet.
2.Fill the system or part thereof, with a water/chlorine solution containing at
least 50 parts per million of chlorine. Isolate (valve off) the system, or part
thereof, and allow to stand for 24 hours.
3.Drain the system, or part thereof, of the previous solution, and refill with a
water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per million of chlorine
and isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours.
4.Following the allowed standing time, flush the system withclean potable
water until chlorine does not remain in the water coming for the system.
5.Submit water samples in sterile bottles to the authority having jurisdiction.
Repeat the procedure if the biological examination made by the authority
shows evidence ofcontamination.
E.Prepare reports for all purging and disinfecting activities.
F.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the final delivery of potable water
approved by the Indiana State Department of Health.
3.13COMMISSIONING:
A.Fill the system.
B.Check compression tanks to determine that they are not air bound and that the
system is completely full of water.
C.Before operating the system perform these steps:
D.Open valves to full open position. Close drain valves, hydrants, and sill cocks.
E.Remove and clean strainers.
END OF SECTION
DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING15411-12
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15420 -DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02SUBMITTALS:
A.Product data for the following products:
1.Drainage piping specialties
2.Drainage pipe and fittings
3.Floor drains
B.Maintenance data for each piping specialty specified for inclusion in the Operation and
Maintenance.
C.Inspection reports specified in Part 3 of this Section.
D.Test reports specified in Part 3 of this Section.
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the provisions of the following:
1.Indiana Plumbing Code
1.04SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A.Coordinate the installation of roof drains, flashing, and roof penetrations.
B.Coordinate the installation of drains in poured-in-place concrete slabs, to include proper
drain elevations, installation of flashing, and slope of slab to drains.
C.Coordinate with installation of sanitary and storm sewer systems as necessary to interface
building drains with drainage piping systems.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS:
A.Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide drainage and vent systems
components from one of the following:
1.Drainage Piping Specialties, including backwater valves, expansion joints, and
vandal-proof vent caps:
a.Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co.
b.Josam Mfg. Co.
c.Wade/Tyler Pipe; Subs. of Tyler Corp.
DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS15420-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
d.Watts Drainage Products
e.Zurn Industries Inc.; Hydromechanics Div.
2.Heavy-duty No-HubCouplings
a.Husky
b.Clamp-All
c.Mission Heavyweight
3.Freeze-proof vent caps:
a.Moore Mfg. Co.
4.Floor drains:
a.Jay R. Smith Co.
b.Josam Mfg. Co.
c.Wade/Tyler Pipe; Subs. of Tyler Corp.
d.Watts Drainage Products
e.Zurn Industries, Inc.
2.02ABOVE GROUND DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A.Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Pipe: CISPI Standard 301, Service weight, cast-iron soil pipe and
fittings, with neoprene gaskets conforming to CISPI Standard 310, and heavy duty coupling.
Couplings shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. Coupling sizes through 4” shall have 4
bands and sizes over 4” shall have 6 bands.
B.Pipe Size 2" and Smaller: Galvanized steel pipe, Schedule 40, ASTM A53; cast-iron screw
joint drainage pattern fittings.
C.Pipe Size 2" and Smaller: copper D.W.V., ASTM B306.(NOT TO BE USED ON
URINAL WASTE).
2.03UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAIN PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A.Cast-Iron Soil Pipe: CISPI Standard 301, Service weight, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings, with
neoprene gaskets conforming to CISPI Standard 310.
1.Neoprene Compression Gaskets: ASTM C564.
B.Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Pipe: CISPI Standard 301, Service weight, cast-iron soil pipe and
fittings, with neoprene gaskets conforming to CISPI Standard 310, and heavy duty coupling.
Couplings shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. Coupling sizes through 4” shall have 4
bands and sizes over 4” shall have 6 bands.
C.ABS Plastic Sewer Pipe: ASTM D2661 pipe and fittings.
1.Solvent: ASTM D2235.
D.PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings: Conform to ASTM D2665 for pipe and fittings.
1.Solvent: ASTM D2564.
DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS15420-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.04DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A.Expansion Joints: Cast-iron body with adjustable bronze sleeve, bronze bolts with wing nuts.
B.Cleanout Plugs: Cast-bronze or brass, threads complying with ANSI B2.1, countersunk head.
C.Flashing Flanges: Cast-iron watertight stack or wall sleeve with membrane flashing ring.
Provide underdeck clamp and sleeve length as required.
D.Vent Flashing Sleeves: Cast-iron caulking type roof coupling for cast-iron stacks, cast-iron
threaded type roof coupling for steel stacks, and cast-bronze stack flashing sleeve for copper
tubing.
E.Cleanouts
1.Floor Cleanouts: Cast-iron body and frames or combination cast-iron/ABS body
and frame; brass cleanout plug; nickel-bronze adjustable round top. Manufacturer’s
standard cast unit of pattern indicated as follows:
a.Pattern: Exposed flush type, standard non-slip scoriated finish; Jay R. Smith
4023. Nickel Bronze Round top.
b.Pattern: In carpeted areas, Polished Bronze flush type, standard non-slip
scoriated finish, stainless steel carpet marker; Jay R. Smith 4023Y.
c.Pattern: In tile, Nickel Bronze, flush type, standard non-slip scoriated finish:
Jay R. Smith 4143, round top.
d.Pattern: In terrazzo, Nickel Bronze, flush type, standard non-slip scoriated
finish: Jay R. Smith 4183, round top.
2.Wall Cleanouts: Duco cast iron caulk ferrule with cast bronze taper threaded plug
nickel bronze frame and polished bronze secured cover flush with wall like Jay R.
Smith model 4435.
F.Floor drains:
1.General: Provide floor drains of size as indicated on drawings; and type, including
features, as specified herein.
2.Floor drain on Grade Type “FD-1”: Cast-iron body with integral trap and floor
cleanout flashing collar, nickel bronze adjustable round strainer head with secured
square hole grate; Jay R. Smith 2041-A.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01EXAMINATION:
A.Verify existing grades, inverts, utilities, obstacles, and topographical conditions prior to
installations.
B.Examine rough-in requirements for plumbing fixtures and other equipment having drain
connections to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation.
C.Examine walls, floors, roof, and plumbing chases for suitable conditions where piping and
specialties are to be installed.
DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS15420-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02PREPARATION FOUNDATION FOR UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAINS:
A.Grade trench bottoms to provide a smooth, firm, and stable foundation, free from rock,
throughout the length of the pipe.
B.Remove unstable, soft, and unsuitable materials at the surface upon which pipes are to be
laid and backfill with clean sand or pea gravel to indicated invert elevation.
C.Shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of pipe for 90-degrees (bottom 1/4 of the
circumference). Fill unevenness with tamped sand backfill. At each pipe joint dig bell holes
to relieve the bell of the pipe of all loads, and to ensure continuous bearing of the pipe
barrel on the foundation.
3.03PIPE APPLICATIONS –SANITARY DRAIN AND VENT PIPING ABOVE GROUND,
WITHIN BUILDING:
A.Install hubless, service weight, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings for drainage and vent pipe.
B.PVC pipingshall not be installed in return air plenums. Verify location with HVAC plans.
3.04PIPE APPLICATIONS -SANITARY DRAIN AND VENT PIPING BELOW GROUND,
WITHIN BUILDING:
A.Install hub-and-spigot, service-weight, cast-iron, soil pipe and fittings with gasketed joints
for 15 inch and smaller drainage pipe.
B.Install ABS plastic sewer pipe and fittings, with solvent cemented joints for 12 inch and
smaller drainage pipe.
C.Install PVC sewer pipe and fittings with solvent cemented joints for 6 inch and smaller
drainage pipe.
3.05PIPE AND TUBE JOINT CONSTRUCTION:
A.Cast-Iron Soil Pipe: Make lead and oakum caulked joints, compression joints, and hubless
joints in accordance with the recommendations in the CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
Handbook, Chapter IV.
B.ABS DWV Pipe: Joining and installation of ABS drainage pipe and fittings shall conform to
ASTM D2661.
C.PVC DWV Pipe: Joining and installation of PVC drainage pipe and fittings shall conform to
ASTM D2665.
D.ABS and PVC Sewer Pipe: Installation of underground ABS sewer pipe shall conform to
ASTM D2321.
E.ABS to PVC Transition Joints: When joining ABS to PVC components (such as an ABS
building drain to PVC sewer pipe) make joints using solvent cements conforming to ASTM
D3138.
3.06INSTALLATION:
DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS15420-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.General Locations and Arrangements:Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate
the general location and arrangement of the piping systems. Location and arrangement of
piping layout take into account many design considerations. So far as practical, install piping
as indicated.
B.Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections.
C.Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not
permitted, unless expressly indicated.
D.Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit proper
insulation applications.
E.Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade
or floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view.
F.Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of
the building. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel
removal.
G.Fire Barrier Penetrations: Where pipes pass through fire rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and
floors, maintainthe fire rated integrity. Refer to Division 7 for special sealers and materials.
All piping penetrations through fire rated walls shall be cast iron.
H.Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate 45 degree wyes,
half-wyes, or long sweep quarter, sixth, eighth, or sixteenth bends. Sanitary tees or short
quarter bends may be used on vertical stacks of drainage lines where the change in direction
of flow is from horizontal to vertical, except use long-turn tees where two fixturesare
installed back to back and have a common drain. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be
used on vent lines. No change in direction of flow greater than 90 degrees shall be made.
Where different sizes of drainage pipes and fittings are connected, use proper size, standard
increasers and reducers. Reduction of the size of drainage piping in the direction of flow is
prohibited
I.Install underground building drains to conform with the plumbing code, and in accordance
with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Engineering Manual. Lay underground building drains
beginning at low point of systems, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken
continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install required gaskets in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other
special installation requirements. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it
is completed.
J.Install building drain pitched down at minimum slope of 1/4 inch perfoot (2 percent) for
piping 2 inch and smaller, and 1/8 inch per foot (1 percent) for piping larger than 2” unless
otherwise noted on the Drawings.
3.07HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A.General: Hangers, supports, and anchor devices are specified in Division-15 Section 15140
"SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS". Conform to the table below for maximum spacing of
supports.
B.Install the following pipe attachments:
DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS15420-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
C.Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet in length.
D.Install hangers at the following intervals:
PIPE MATERIALMAX HORIZ SPACINGMAX VERT SPACING
ABS Pipe44
Cast-Iron Pipe515
Copper Tubing -1-1/4"
and smaller610
Copper Tubing -1-1/2"
and larger1010
PVC Pipe44
3.08INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A.Install backwater valves in sanitary building drain piping as indicated, and as required by the
plumbing code. For interior installation, provide cleanout cover flush to floor centered over
backwater valve cover and of adequate size to remove valve cover for service.
B.Install expansion joints on vertical risers as indicated, and as required by the plumbing code.
C.Above Ground Cleanouts: Install in above ground piping and building drain piping as
indicated, and:
1.As required by plumbing code;
2.At each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees;
3.At minimum intervals of 50' for piping 4" and smaller and 100' for larger piping;
4.At base of each vertical soil or waste stack.
D.Cleanouts Covers: Install floor and wall cleanout covers for concealed piping, types as
indicated.
E.Flashing Flanges: Install flashing flange and clamping device with each stack and cleanout
passing through waterproof membranes.
3.09INSTALLATION OF FLOOR DRAINS:
A.General: Install floor drains in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in
locations indicated.
B.Coordinate flashing work with work of waterproofing and adjoining substrate work.
C.Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained, or as indicated. Set tops of
drains flush with finished floor.
D.Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining
flooring.
E.Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes, where penetrated.
F.Position drains so that they are accessible and easy to maintain.
DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS15420-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
G.Waterproof each floor drain above ground by providing a 16-inchx 16-inch flashing
constructed in place using 40 mil chlorinated polyethylene sheets (Chloraloy 240). Install
using manufacturers recommended procedure and in accordance with the Plumbing Code.
Installation of flashing shall be coordinated with the floor construction.
3.10CONNECTIONS:
A.Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide drainage and vent piping runouts to plumbing fixtures
and drains, with approved trap, of sizes indicated; but in no case smaller than required by the
plumbing code.
B.Locate piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures or
drains.
3.11FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A.Inspections
1.Do not enclose, cover, or put into operation drainage and vent piping system until it
has been inspected and approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
2.During the progress of the installation, notify the plumbing official having
jurisdiction, at least 24 hours prior to the time such inspection must be made.
Perform tests specified below in the presence of the plumbing official.
a.Rough-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of the piping system before
concealed or closed-in after system is roughed-in, and prior to setting
fixtures.
b.Final Inspection: Arrange for a final inspection by the plumbing official to
observe the tests specified below and to insure compliance with the
requirements of the plumbing code.
3.Re-inspections: Whenever the piping system fails to pass the test or inspection,
make the required corrections, and arrange for re-inspection by the plumbing
official.
4.Reports: Prepare inspectionreports, signed by the plumbing official.
B.Piping System Test drainage and vent system as follows:
1.Test for leaks and defects in all new drainage and vent piping systems and parts of
existing systems, which have been altered, extended or repaired. If testing is
performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with a
diagram of the portion of the system tested.
2.Leave uncovered and unconcealed all new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage
and vent piping until it has been tested andapproved. Expose all such work for
testing that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved.
3.Rough Plumbing Test Procedure: Except for outside leaders and perforated or
open jointed drain tile, test the piping of plumbing drainage and venting systems
upon completion of the rough piping installation. Tightly close all openings in the
piping system, and fill with water to the point of overflow, but not less than 10 feet
head of water. Water level shall not drop during the period from 15 minutes before
the inspection starts, through completion of the inspection. Inspect all joints for
leaks.
DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS15420-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
4.Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After the plumbing fixtures have been set and
their traps filled with water, their connections shall be tested and proved gas and
water-tight. Plug the stack openings on the roof and building drain where it leaves
the building, and introduce air into the system equal to a pressure of 1" water
column. Use a "U" tube or manometer inserted in the trap of a water closet to
measure this pressure. Air pressure shall remain constant without the introduction
of additional air throughout the period of inspection. Inspect all plumbing fixture
connections for gas and water leaks.
5.Repair all leaks and defects using newmaterials and retest system or portion thereof
until satisfactory results are obtained.
6.Prepare reports for all tests and required corrective action.
3.12ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A.Clean interior of piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
B.Clean drain strainers, domes, and traps. Remove dirt and debris.
3.13PROTECTION:
A.Protect drains during remainder of construction period, to avoid clogging with dirt and
debris, and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.
B.Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops.
C.Exposed ABS or PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with 2 coats of a
water-based latex paint.
END OF SECTION
DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS15420-8
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15440-PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15
Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.
B.Separate grab bar and toilet accessories not an integral part of plumbing fixtures are
specified in Division 10.
1.02DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.Extent of plumbing fixtures work required by this Section is indicated on drawings
and schedules, and by requirements of this Section.
B.Types of plumbing fixtures specified in this Section include the following:
1.Water closets
2.Urinals
3.Lavatories (including barrier free type)
4.Stainless steel sinks
5.Food waste disposers
6.Mop basins
7.Ice maker / refrigerator supply units
C.Refer to Division16 Sections for field-installed electrical wiring required for water
coolers and other plumbing fixtures; not work of this Section.
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Plumbing Fixture Standards: Comply with applicable portions of the Indiana
Plumbing Code herein referred to as the Plumbing Code.
B.ANSI Standards: Comply with applicable ANSI standards pertaining to plumbing
fixtures and systems, and bath tub units including the following:
1.ANSI A112.6.1 –Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public
Use.
2.ANSI A112.18.1 –Plumbing Fixture Fittings.
3.ANSI A112.19.1 –Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures.
4.ANSI A112.19.2 –Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures.
5.ANSI A112.19.3 –Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for
Residential Use).
6.ANSI Z358.1 –Emergency Eye Wash and Shower Equipment.
C.PDI Compliance: Comply with standards established by PDI pertaining to plumbing
fixture supports.
D.NAHB Label: Provide fiberglass bath tub units and shower stalls which have been
tested and labeled by NAHB Research Foundation, Inc.
PLUMBING FIXTURES15440-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
E.UL Compliance: Construct water coolers in accordance with UL Standard 399
"Drinking-Water Coolers," and provide UL-listing and label.
F.ASHRAE Compliance: Test and rate water coolers in accordance with ASHRAE
Standard 18 "Method of Testing forRating Drinking Water Coolers with Self-
Contained Mechanical Refrigeration Systems."
G.ARI Compliance: Construct and install water coolers in accordance with ARI
Standard 1010 "Drinking-Fountains and Self-Contained Mechanically-Refrigerated
Drinking-WaterCoolers," and provide Certification Symbol.
H.ANSI Compliance: Construct and install barrier-free plumbing fixtures in
accordance with ANSI Standard A117.1 "Specifications for making buildings and
facilities accessible to and usable by physically handicappedpeople."
I.ASSE Compliance: ASSE 1037 –Flushometers (Pressurized Flushing Devices)
J.ADA Compliance: Construct and install barrier-free plumbing fixtures in
accordance with Title III of the ADA of 1990 accessibility guidelines for buildings
and facilities.
K.IBC Compliance: Construct and install barrier-free plumbing fixtures in accordance
with IBC Chapter 11 -Accessibility for Public Accommodations and Commercial
Facilities, as adopted and amended by the State of Indiana, latest enforced edition.
1.04SUBMTTALS:
A.Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's Technical Product Data and installation
instructions for each fixture, faucet, specialty, accessory, and trim specified; clearly
indicate rated capacities of selected models of water coolers.
B.Shop Drawings: Submit rough-in drawings. Detail dimensions, rough-in
requirements, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components and
anchorages. Coordinate requirements with Architectural Woodwork shop drawings
specified in Division6 for fixtures installed in countertops and cabinets. Furnish
templates for use in woodwork shop.
C.Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each type of
plumbing fixture and accessory; including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide.
Include this data and produce data in maintenance manual; in accordance with
requirements of Division-1.
1.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A.Deliver plumbing fixtures, specialties, accessories, and trim individually wrapped in
factory-fabricated containers.
B.Handle plumbing fixtures specialties, accessories, and trim carefully to prevent
breakage, chipping and scoring fixture finish. Do not install damaged plumbing
fixtures specialties, accessories, or trim; replace and return damaged units to
equipment manufacturer.
PLUMBING FIXTURES15440-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01GENERAL:
A.General: Provide factory-fabricated fixtures of type, style and material indicated. For
each type fixture, provide trim and fittings including faucets, supplies, stops, traps,
tailpieces, waste nipples, hangers, plates, brackets, anchors, supports, hardware, and
fastening devices required for a complete installation.
B.All vitreous china plumbing fixtures shall be furnished by the same manufacturerfor
each product specified throughout.
C.All fixture trim shall be bysame manufacturer for each product specified
throughout.
2.02MATERIALS:
A.Provide materials which have been selected for their surface flatness and
smoothness. Exposed surfaces which exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks,
foundry sand holes, stains, discoloration, or other surface imperfections on finished
units arenot acceptable.
B.Where fixture trim and accessories are exposed or semi-exposed, provide bright
chrome-plated or polished stainless steel units. Provide copper or brass where not
exposed.
C.Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167, Type 302/304, hardest workable temper, with No. 4
finish having, bright, directional polish on exposed surfaces.
D.Vitreous China: High Quality, free from fire cracks, spots, blisters, pinholes and
specks; glaze exposed surfaces, and test for crazing resistance in accordance with
ASTM C 554.
E.Fiberglass: ANS1 Z124, smooth surfaced, with color selected by
Architect/Engineer.
F.Synthetic Stone: High quality, free from defects, glaze on exposed surfaces, stain
resistant.
2.03FLOOR OUTLET FLUSH VALVE WATER CLOSETS:
A.Water Closet (WC-1): 1.6 GPF, white vitreous china floor outlet siphon jet
elongated bowl with top spud.
1.American Standard 2234.015, Madera; Kohler K-3450 Wellcome.
2.ASSE 1037-Flushometer Valve;
a.Sloan Regal 111 XLexposed quiet-operating diaphragm type,
chrome plated flushometer valve. Valve shallbe non-hold-open
with no external volume adjustment, vacuum breaker with bottom
hex coupling nut, screwdriver stop with (free spinning),vandal
resistant stop cap and sweat solder adapter kit with cast set screw
wall flange.
PLUMBING FIXTURES15440-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.Olsonite 95 white solid plastic open front integral check seat less cover.
B.Water Closet (WC-2),ADA compliant: 17" high, 1.6 GPF, white vitreous china
floor outlet siphon jet elongated bowl with top spud.
1.American Standard 3043.102, Madera
2.ASSE 1037-Flushometer Valve;
a.Sloan Regal 111 XLexposed quiet-operating diaphragm type,
chrome plated flushometer valve. Valve shall be non-hold-open
with no external volume adjustment, vacuum breaker with bottom
hex coupling nut, screwdriver stop with (free spinning),vandal
resistant stop cap and sweat solder adapter kit with cast set screw
wall flange.Offset valve to clear grab bar.
3.Olsonite 95 white solid plastic open front integral check seat less cover.
2.04SIPHON JET WALL HUNG URINALS:
A.Urinal (UR-1): ADA compliant, 1.0 GPF, white vitreous chinawatersaver wall hung
siphon jet urinal with flushing rim, 3/4" top inlet spud, 2" inside threaded outlet
connection.
1.American Standard 6561.017, Trimbrook.
2.ASSE 1037-Flushometer Valve;
a.Sloan Regal 186-1.0 XLexposed quiet-operating diaphragm type,
chrome plated flushometer valve. Valve shall be non-hold-open
with no external volume adjustment, vacuum breaker with bottom
hex coupling nut, screwdriver stop with (free spinning),vandal
resistant stop cap and sweat solder adapter kit with cast set screw
wallflange.
3.J.R. Smith 636 floor mount support.
2.05SELF-RIMMING COUNTER INSERT BASINS:
A.Lavatory (L-1): 20" x 17" white vitreous china self-rim counter insert basin with
faucet holes on 4" centers.
1.American Standard 0476.028, Aqualyn; Kohler K-2196-4, Pennington.
2., 0.5 G.P.M., vandal resistant, single lever supply
fitting.
3.Grid strainer, drain assembly .
4.Adjustable two piece cast-brass P-trap with cleanout with escutcheon.
5.1/2" I.P.S. x 3/8" O.D. loose key angle stop supplies with flexible risers
and 1/2" chrome plated nipples and escutcheons.
6.Install for barrier free use with insulated drain and water supplies.
2.06STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE COMPARTMENT SINKS:
A.Single Compartment Sink (SK-1): single compartment 18-gaugestainless steel self-
rim counter insert three hole ledge sink with 7-1/2" deep bowl.
1.Just SL-1515-A-GR.
PLUMBING FIXTURES15440-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.J-35-55F chrome plated brass drain with stainless steel flat strainer and tail-
piece.
3.Chicago 201-AGN8AE2805-5, 8" centerset, rigid gooseneck with a 0.5
G.P.M., vandal resistant aerator with 369 lever handles with vandal
resistance screws, hot and cold index buttons.
4.Adjustable two-piece chrome plated cast-brass P-trap with cleanout with
escutcheon.
5.Chicago Faucet 1017-CP supply pipes with loose key stops, lock shield
caps, wall flanges, and flexible tube risers.
2.07FOOD WASTE DISPOSERS:
A.Food Waste Disposer (WD-1): In-Sink-Erator Badger 5 continuous feed, 120 Volt,
60 Hz, 1/2 HP motor with overload protector and manual reset. One year warranty
on parts and labor.
2.08MOP BASINS:
A.Mop Basin (MB-1): 36" x 24" x 10”, molded stone receptor with brass drain body,
stainless steel dome strainer-lint basket, vinyl bumper guards on exposed mop basin
rims.
1.E.L. Mustee and Sons, Inc., Model 65
2.Chicago 897-CP supply fitting with integral stops, vacuum breaker, bucket
hook, wall brace, and 3/4" hose thread on spout.
3.30" long heavy-duty cloth reinforced rubber hose with stainless steel hose
bracket.
4.Stainless steel mop hanger with three rubber tool grips, silicone sealant.
5.12” high wall guard panels and corner bracket made with 20 gauge, 304
stainless steel and mounting hardware.
2.09ICEMACHINE SUPPLY UNITS:
A.IceMachine Supply Unit(IB-1): Guy gray BIM-875control box with cold water
control valve. Mounting height as shown on drawings.
2.10ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A.Subject to compliance with requirements, provide plumbing fixtures of one of the
following:
B.WATER CLOSETS, URINALS, AND LAVATORIES:
1.American Standard
2.Crane Co.
3.Eljer
4.Kohler Co.
C.STAINLESS STEEL SINKS:
1.American Standard: U.S. Plumbing Products
2.Elkay Mfg. Co.
3.Just Mfg. Co.
PLUMBING FIXTURES15440-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
4.Moen: Div. of Standyne, Inc.
D.STOPS AND SUPPLY TUBING:
1.American Standard
2.Brass Craft
3.Chicago Faucet Co.
4.Eastman
5.Kohler Co.
6.McGuire
7.T and S Brass and Bronze Works. Inc.
8.Zurn Aqua-Spec
E.FLUSH VALVES:
1.Coyne and DelanyCo.
2.Sloan Valve Co.
3.Zurn Industries, Inc.: Hydro Mechanics Div.
F.LAVATORY/SINK FAUCETS AND TRIM:
1.American Standard
2.Chicago Faucet Co.
3.Cambridge Brass; Div. of Masco Corp.
4.Delta Faucet Co; Div. of Masco Corp.
5.Eljer Plumbing ware Div. Household InternationalCo.
6.Elkay Mfg. Co.
7.Moen Group, Standyne Inc.
8.Kohler Co.
9.Speakman
10.Symmons
11.T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.
12.Zurn Aqua-Spec
G.LAVATORY/SINK P-TRAPS AND TAILPIECES:
1.American Standard
2.Crane
3.Dearborn
4.Eljer
5.Kohler Co.
6.McGuire
7.Sanitary-Dash
8.Zurn Aqua-Spec
H.ADA INSULATION KITS
1.True Bro
2.SKAL–GARD
3.Plumberex
I.MOP RECEPTOR FAUCETS AND TRIM:
PLUMBING FIXTURES15440-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Cambridge Brass; Div. of Masco Corp.
2.Chicago Faucet Co.
3.Fiat Products, Inc.
4.E.L. Mustee and Sons,Inc.
5.Speakman
6.Zurn Aqua-Spec
J.FIXTURE CARRIERS:
1.Ancon
2.Josam Mg. Co.
3.J.R.Smith Mfg. Co.
4.Wade Div.
5.Zurn Industries, Inc.
K.FIXTURE SEATS:
1.Bemis Mfg. Co.
2.Beneke Corp.
3.Church Products, Forbes-Wright Industries. Inc.
4.Olsonite Corp,
5.Sperzel Ind.
L.FLOOR MOUNTED MOP RECEPTORS:
1.Creative Industries Terrazzo, Products, Inc.
2.Fiat Products, Inc.
3.E.L. Mustee and Sons,Inc.
4.Stern-Williams, Co., Inc.
5.Swan Corp.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSPECTION:
A.Installer of rough-in work of potable water and waste piping systems to verify actual
locations of piping connections prior to installing fixtures. Examine floors and
substrates,and conditions under which fixture work is to be accomplished. Correct
any incorrect locations of piping, and other unsatisfactory conditions for installation
of plumbing fixtures. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES:
A.General: Install plumbing fixtures of types indicated where shown and at indicated
heights: in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, rough-in
drawings, and with recognized industry practices. Ensure that plumbing fixtures
comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. Comply with applicable
requirements of The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, The Indiana
Handicapped Code, ANSI A117.1 and The Plumbing Code pertaining to installation
of plumbing fixtures.
PLUMBING FIXTURES15440-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Fasten plumbing fixtures securely to indicated supports or building structure; and
ensure that fixtures are level and plumb. Secure plumbing supplies behind or within
wall construction so as to be rigid, and not subject to pull or push movement.
C.Protect installed fixtures from damage during remainder of construction period.
D.Caulk around all wall or floor mounted fixtures using nonporous-bond silicone
rubber mold/mildew resistant acid type sealant depositing a uniform continuous
ribbon without gaps or air pockets, and with complete "wetting" of joint bond
surfaces equally on opposite sides. Fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface,
slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal
and vertical surface, fill joints to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap
moisture and dirt.
E.Flush Controls designated as "barrier free" which are hand operated or automatic
shall comply with The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Article 4.16.5 and
4.27.4. Controls for flush valves shall be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas no
more than 44 inches above the floor to centerline of trip lever/push button for use
by adults, and no more than 32" above the floor to centerline of trip lever/push-
button for use by children in elementary schools.
F.Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless expressly approved in
writing by the Owner.
ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE
FIXTUREHOT WATERCOLD WATERWASTEVENTTRAP SIZE
Lavatory1/2"1/2"1-1/4”1-1/4”1-1/4”
Sink1/2"1/2"1-1/2"1-1/2"1-1/2"
Water Closet with FV1"4"2"
Urinals3/4"2"1-1/2"2"
Mop Basins3/4"3/4"3"1-1/2"3"
MOUNTING HEIGHTS SCHEDULE:
FIXTUREMOUNTING HEIGHT
Water Closet15" floor to seat
Wheelchair Water Closet18" floor to seat
Barrier free Urinals17" floor to rim
Lavatory or Sink31" floor to rim
Barrier free Lavatories29” Min. Knee Clearance
3.03FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A.Uponcompletion of installation of plumbing fixtures and after units are water
pressurized, test fixtures to demonstrate capability and compliance with
PLUMBING FIXTURES15440-8
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
requirements. When possible, correct malfunctioning units at siteandthen retest to
demonstrate compliance:otherwise, remove and replace with new units and proceed
with retesting.
B.Inspect each installed unit for damage to finish. If feasible, restore and match finish
to original at site; otherwise, remove fixture and replace with new unit. Feasibility
and match to be judged by Architect/Engineer. Remove cracked or dented units
and replace with new units.
3.04ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A.Clean plumbing fixtures, trim and strainers of dirt and debris upon completion of
installation.
B.Adjust water pressure at drinking fountains, faucets, shower valves, and flush valves
to provide proper flow stream and specified gpm.
C.Adjust or replace washers to prevent leaks at faucets and stops.
3.05EXTRA STOCK:
A.General: Furnish special wrenches and other devices necessary for servicing
plumbing fixtures and trim to Owner with receipt. Furnish one device for every 10
units.
END OF SECTION
PLUMBING FIXTURES15440-9
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15461 -RESIDENTIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.Extent of water heater work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules,
and by requirements of this section.
B.Refer to other Division15 sectionsfor water piping, specialties, and pumps which are
required external to water heaters for installation; not work of this section.
C.Refer to Division16 sections for other electrical wiring including motor starters, disconnects,
wires/cables, raceways, and other required electrical devices; not workof this section.
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of water heaters of
types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service
for not less than 5 years.
B.Codesand Standards:
1.UL Compliance’s: Construct water heaters in accordance with the following UL
standards:
2.UL 174, "Household Electric Storage-Tank Water Heaters".
C.Provide water heater components which are UL-listed and labeled.
D.NEC Compliance: Install electric water heaters in accordance with requirements of NFPA
70, "National Electrical Code".
E.ASME Code Symbol Stamps: Provide water heaters and safety relief valves which comply
with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, and are stamped with appropriate code
symbols.
F.ASHRAE Compliance: Provide water heaters with Performance Efficiencies not less than
prescribed in ASHRAE 90.1.
1.04SUBMITTALS:
A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data including rated capacities and
efficiencies of selected model clearly indicated; operating weights; furnished specialties and
accessories; and installation and start-up instructions.
B.Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly type shop drawings indicating dimensions,
required clearances, and methods of assemblyof components.
RESIDENTIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS15461-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
C.Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for electrical power supply
wiring to water heaters. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and
control wiring required for final installation of water heaters and controls. Differentiate
between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions that are to be
field-installed.
D.Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts listed for each type and size of water
heater, control, and accessory; including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include this
data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manual; in
accordance with requirements of Division 1.
E.Certificates: Submit appropriate Certificates of Shop Inspection and Data Report as
required by provisions of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
1.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A.Handle water heaters and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting and
scoring. Do not install damaged water heaters or components; remove from site and replace
with new.
B.Store water heaters and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes,
water, construction debris, and physical damage.
C.Comply with manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading water heaters,
and moving units to final location for installation.
1.06SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY:
A.Warranty on Coil, Heat Exchanger, and Burner: Provide written warranty, signed by
manufacturer, agreeing to replace/repair, within warranty period,coils, heat exchangers, and
burners with inadequate or defective materials and workmanship, including leakage,
breakage, improper assembly, or failure to perform as required; provided manufacturer's
instructions for handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining units have been adhered to
during warranty period. Replacement is limited to component replacement only, and does
not include labor for removal and reinstallation.
1.Warranty Period: 3 years from Date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01RESIDENTIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS:
A.General: Provide residential electric water heaters of sizes, capacities, and electrical
characteristics as indicated on schedule.
B.Heater: Construct for working pressure of 150 PSI; magnesium anode rod; glass lining on
internal surfaces exposed to water.
C.Heating Elements: Low watt density with zinc plated copper sheath; double element,
non-simultaneous operation.
D.Safety Controls: Equip with high temperature cutoff for each element, factory wired.
RESIDENTIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS15461-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
E.Jacket: Equip with full size control compartments with front panel opening. Insulate tank
with vermin-proof glass fiber insulation. Provide outer steel jacket with baked enamel finish.
F.Accessories: Provide brass drain valve; 3/4" relief valve; cold and water dip tube.
G.Controls:Provide thermostat for each element, factory wired.
H.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide residential electric water
heaters of one of the following:
1.Lochinvar Water Heater Corp.
2.Rheem Water Heater Div; City Investing Co.
3.Ruud Water Heater Div; City Investing Co.
4.Smith Corp. (A.O.); Consumer Products Div.
5.Bradford White Corporation
2.02THERMAL EXPANSION ABSORBERS
A.Furnish and install where indicated on Contract Documents thermal expansion absorber
constructed of materials suitable for potable water.
B.Size and number as indicated, constructed of welded carbon steel for //125//150//psig
working pressure.
C.Separate air charge from system water to maintain design expansion capacity, by means of a
flexible diaphragm securely sealed into the tank.
D.Provide taps for pressure gage and air charge fitting, and drain fitting. Support vertical tanks
with steel legs or base: support horizontal tanks with steel saddles.
E.Tank, with taps and supports, shall be constructed, tested and labeled in accordancewith
ASME Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division1.
F.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, providethermal expansion
absorbersof one of the following:
1.Amtrol Inc.
2.Bell & Gossett ITT: Fluid Handling Div.
3.Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01EXAMINATION:
A.Examine areas and conditions under which water heaters are to be installed. Do not
proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable
to Installer.
3.02INSTALLATION OF WATER HEATERS:
A.General: Install water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain
manufacturer's recommended clearances.
RESIDENTIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS15461-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Support: Place units on concrete pads, orient so controls and devices needing service and
maintenance have adequate access.
C.Piping: Connect hot and cold water piping to units with shutoff valves and unions.
Connect recirculating water line to unit with shutoff valve, check valve, and union. Extend
relief valve discharge to closest floor drain or as indicated.
D.Gages: Provide thermometers on inlet and outlet piping of water heaters, in accordance
with Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Section "Meters and Gages."
3.03INSTALLATION OF THERMAL EXPANSION ABSORBERS
A.General: Install thermal expansion absorbers in accordance with manufacturer's installation
instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and
maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.
B.Support: Place units on concrete pads, orient so controls and devices needing service and
maintenance have adequate access.
C.Piping: Provide cold water piping connections to units with unions.
3.04ELECTRIC WIRING:
A.Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical
Installer.
B.Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and
installation requirements of Division16 sections. Do not proceed with water heater start-up
until wiring installation is acceptable to water heater Installer.
END OF SECTION
RESIDENTIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS15461-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15530 -REFRIGERANT PIPING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02SUMMARY:
A.This Section includes refrigerant piping used for air conditioning applications. This Section
includes:
1.Pipes, tubing, fittings, and specialties.
2.Special duty valves.
3.Refrigerants.
B.Products installed but not furnished under this Section include pre-charged tubing,
refrigerant specialties, and refrigerant accessories furnished as an integral part of or
separately with packaged air conditioning equipment.
1.03SUBMITTALS:
A.Product data for the following products:
1.Each type valve specified.
2.Each type refrigerant piping specialty specified.
B.Shop Drawings showing layout of refrigerant piping, specialties, and fittings including, but
not necessarily limited to, pipe and tube sizes, valve arrangements and locations, slopes of
horizontal runs, wall and floor penetrations, and equipment connection details. Show
interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate to equipment.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Qualify brazing processes and brazing operators in accordance with ASME "Boiler and
PressureVessel Code," Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications".
B.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following codes:
1.ANSI B31.5: ASME Code for Pressure Piping -Refrigerant Piping.
2.ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15: Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.
3.International Mechanical Code with Indiana Amendments.
1.05SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A.Coordinate the installation of piping supports, and penetrations.
REFRIGERANT PIPING15530-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS:
A.Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following.
B.Refrigerant Valves and Specialties:
1.Alco Controls Div, Emerson Electric.
2.Danfoss Electronics, Inc.
3.EATON Corporation, Control Div.
4.Henry Valve Company.
5.Parker-Hannifin Corporation, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Division.
6.Sporlan Valve Company.
2.02PIPE AND TUBING MATERIALS
A.General: Refer to Part 3, Article "PIPE APPLICATION" for identification of systems
where the below specified pipe and fitting materials are used.
B.Copper Tubing: ASTM B 280, Type ACR, hard-drawn straight lengths, and soft-annealed
coils, seamless copper tubing. Tubing shall be factory cleaned, ready for installation, and
have ends capped to protect cleanliness of pipe interiors prior to shipping.
2.03FITTINGS:
A.Wrought-Copper Fittings: ANSI B16.22, streamlined pattern.
2.04JOINING MATERIALS:
A.Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, Classification BAg-1 (Silver).
2.05VALVES:
A.General: Complete valve assembly shall be UL-listed and designed to conform to ARI 760.
B.Globe: 450 psig maximum operating pressure, 275 deg. F maximum operating temperature;
cast bronze body, with cast bronze or forged brass wing cap and bolted bonnet; replaceable
resilient seat disc; plated steel stem. Valve shall be capable of being repacked under
pressure. Valve shall be straight through or angle pattern, with solder-end connections.
C.Check Valves -Smaller Than 7/8 inch: 500 psig maximum operating pressure, 300 deg. F
maximum operating temperature; cast brass body, with removable piston, Teflon seat, and
stainless steel spring; straight through globe design. Valve shall be straight through pattern,
with solder-end connections.
D.Check Valves -7/8 inch and Larger: 450 psig maximum operating pressure, 300 deg. F
maximum operating temperature; cast bronze body, with cast bronze or forged brass bolted
bonnet; floating piston with mechanically retained Teflon seat disc. Valve shall be straight
through or angle pattern, with solder-end connections.
REFRIGERANT PIPING15530-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
E.Solenoid Valves: 250 deg. F temperature rating, 400 psig working pressure; forged brass,
with Teflon valve seat, two-way straight through pattern, and solder end connections.
Provide manual operator to open valve. Furnish complete with NEMA 1 solenoid
enclosure with 1/2 inch conduit adapter, and 24 volt, 60 Hz. normally closed holding coil.
F.Evaporator Pressure Regulating Valves: Pilot-operated, forged brass or cast bronze;
complete with pilot operator, stainless steel bottom spring, pressure gage tappings, 24 volts
DC, 50/60 Hz, standard coil; and wrought copper fittings for solder end connections.
G.Thermal Expansion Valves: Thermostatic adjustable, modulating type; size as required for
specific evaporator requirements, and factory set for proper evaporator superheat
requirements. Valves shall have copper fittings for solder end connections; complete with
sensing bulb, a distributor having a side connection for hot gas bypass line, and an external
equalizer line.
H.Hot Gas Bypass Valve: Adjustable type, sized to provide capacity reduction beyond the last
step of compressor unloading; and wrought copper fittings for solder end connections.
2.06REFRIGERANT PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A.General: Complete refrigerant piping specialty assembly shall be UL-listed and designed to
conform to ARI 760.
B.Strainers: 500 psig maximum working pressure; forged brass body with monel 80-mesh
screen, and screwed cleanout plug; Y-pattern, with solder end connections.
C.Moisture/liquid Indicators: 500 psig maximum operation pressure, 200 deg. F maximum
operatingtemperature; forged brass body, with replaceable polished optical viewing window,
and solder end connections.
D.Permanent Filter-Drier: 350 psig maximum operation pressure, 225 deg. F maximum
operating temperature; steel shell, and wrought copper fittings for solder end connections.
Permanent filter element shall be molded felt core surrounded by a desiccant. for removal of
acids and moisture for refrigerant vapor.
E.Replaceable Core Filter-Drier: 500 psig maximum operation pressure; steel shell, flange
ring,and spring, ductile iron cover plate with steel capscrews, and wrought copper fittings
for solder end connections. Furnish complete with replaceable filter core kit, including
gaskets, as follows:
1.Standard capacity desiccant sieves to provide micronic filtration, ARI 730 rated for
capacity.
F.Flanged Unions: 400 psig maximum working pressure, 330 deg. F maximum operating
temperature; two brass tailpiece adapters for solder end connections to copper tubing;
flanges for 7/8 inch through 1-5/8 inch unions shall be forged steel, and for 2-1/8 inch
through 3-1/8 inch shall be ductile iron; four plated steel bolts, with silicon bronze nuts and
fiber gasket. Flanges and bolts shall have factory-applied rust-resistant coating.
G.Flexible Connectors: 500 psig maximum operating pressure; seamless tin bronze or stainless
steel core, high tensile bronze braid covering, solder connections, and synthetic covering;
dehydrated, pressure tested, minimum 7 inch in length.
REFRIGERANT PIPING15530-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.07REFRIGERANT:
A.Refrigerant R-22, in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 34.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01EXAMINATION:
A.Examine rough-in for refrigerant piping systems to verify actual locations of piping
connections prior to installation.
3.02PIPE APPLICATIONS:
A.Use Type K, or Type ACR drawn copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and brazed
joints above ground, within building. Use Type K, annealed temper copper tubing for 2
inch and smaller without joints, below ground and within slabs. Mechanical fittings (crimp
or flair) are not permitted.
B.If other than Type ACR tubing is used, clean and protect inside of tubing as specified in
Article "CLEANING" below.
3.03PIPING INSTALLATIONS:
A.General: Install refrigerant piping in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 15 -"The Safety
Code for Mechanical Refrigeration."
B.Arrange piping to allow normal inspection and servicing of compressor and other
equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for servicing and
inspection.
C.Provide adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hanger, or between pipes
for insulation installation. Use sleeves through floors, walls, or ceilings, sized to permit
installation of full thickness insulation.
D.Insulate suction lines. Liquid line are not required to be insulated, except where they are
installed adjacent and clamped to suctionlines, where both liquid and suction lines shall be
insulated as a unit.
1.Do not install insulation until system testing has been completed and all leaks have
been eliminated.
E.Install branch tie-in lines to parallel compressors equal length, and pipe identically and
symmetrically.
F.Install copper tubing in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where copper tubing will be
exposed to mechanical injury.
G.Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not
permitted, unless expressly indicated.
H.Exterior Wall Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Pipe sleeves smaller than 6 inch shall be steel; pipe sleeves 6 inch
and larger shall be sheet metal.
REFRIGERANT PIPING15530-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
I.Fire Barrier Penetrations: Where pipes pass through fire rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and
floors, maintain the fire rated integrity. Refer to Division 7 for special sealers and materials.
J.Roof Penetrations: Pipes shall penetrate roof through a pipe curb assemblylike Pate,
(insulated) with thermoplastic cover, sleeves scored for pipe sizes, graduated water-tight
boots, and steel clamps. Roof warranty must be maintained.
K.Install moisture/liquid indicators in liquid lines between filter/dryers and thermostatic
expansion valves and in liquid line to receiver.
1.Install moisture/liquid indicators in lines larger than 2-1/8 inch OD, using a bypass
line.
L.Install unions to allow removal of solenoid valves, pressure regulating valves, expansion
valves, and at connections to compressors and evaporators.
3.04HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A.General: Hangers, supports, and anchors are specified in Division 15 Section"SUPPORTS
AND ANCHORS." Conform to the table below for maximum spacing of supports:
B.Install hangers with the following minimum rod sizes and maximum spacing:
NOM. PIPE SIZEMAX. SPAN-FTMIN. ROD SIZE –INCHES
173/8
1-1/293/8
2103/8
3121/2
3-1/2131/2
4145/8
5165/8
6173/4
8197/8
10227/8
12237/8
C.Support vertical runs at each floor.
3.05PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION:
A.Brazed Joints: Comply with the procedures contained in the AWS "Brazing Manual."
1.WARNING: Some filler metals contain compounds which produce highly toxic
fumes when heated. Avoid breathing fumes.Provide adequate ventilation.
2.CAUTION: When solenoid valves are being installed, remove the coil to prevent
damage. When sight glasses are being installed, remove the glass. Remove stems,
seats, and packing of valves, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties
before brazing. Do no apply heat near the bulb of the expansion valve.
B.Fill the pipe and fittings during brazing, with an inert gas (ie., nitrogen or carbon dioxide) to
prevent formation of scale.
C.Heat joints using oxy-acetylene torch. Heat to proper and uniform brazing temperature.
REFRIGERANT PIPING15530-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.06VALVE INSTALLATIONS:
A.General: Install refrigerant valves where indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
B.Install globe valves on each side of strainers and dryers, in liquid and suction lines at
evaporators, and elsewhere as indicated.
C.Install a full sized, 3-valve bypass around each drier.
D.Install solenoid valves ahead of each expansion valve and hot-gas bypass valve. Install
solenoid valves in horizontal lines with coil at the top.
1.Electrical wiring for solenoid valves is specified in Division 16. Coordinate
electrical requirements and connections.
E.Thermostatic expansion valves may be mounted in any position, as close as possible to the
evaporator.
1.Where refrigerant distributors are used, mount the distributor directly on the
expansion valve outlet.
2.Install the valve in such a location so that the diaphragm case is warmer than the
bulb.
F.Install pressure regulating and relieving valves as required by ASHRAE Standard 15.
3.07EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:
A.The Drawings indicate the general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.Install piping adjacent to machine to allow servicing and maintenance.
C.Install flexible pipeline connectors in all field installed refrigerant lines connecting
condensing units and compressors to remote evaporators.
3.08FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A.Inspect, test, and perform corrective action of refrigerant piping in accordance with ASME
Code B31.5, Chapter VI. B.Repair leaking joints using new materials, and retest forleaks.
3.09CLEANING:
A.Before installation of copper tubing other than Type ACR tubing, clean the tubing and
fitting using following cleaning procedure:
1.Draw a clean lint-less cloth saturated with trichloroethylene through the tube or
pipe. Continue this procedure until cloth is not discolored by dirt.
2.Finally, draw a clean dry, lint-less cloth through the tube or pipe.
3.10ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
REFRIGERANT PIPING15530-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Verify actual evaporator applications and operating conditions, and adjust thermostatic
expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat requirements.
B.Adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment
with new materials and products.
3.11COMMISSIONING:
A.Charge system using the following procedure:
1.Install core in filter dryer after leak test but before evacuation.
2.Evacuate refrigerant system with a reclaim vacuum pump until temperature of 35
deg F is indicated on vacuum dehydration indicator.
3.During evacuation, apply heat to pockets, elbows, and low spots in piping.
4.Maintain vacuum onsystem for minimum of 5 hours after closing valve between
vacuum pump and system.
5.Breakthevacuum with refrigerant gas and allow pressure to build up to 2 psig.
6.Complete charging of system, using new filter dryer core in charging line. Provide
full operating charge.
B.Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to start-up and
shut-down, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventative maintenance of refrigerant piping
valves and refrigerant piping specialties.Schedule training with Owner through the
Architect, with at least 7 days advance notice.
C.Review data in Operating and Maintenance Manuals.
END OF SECTION
REFRIGERANT PIPING15530-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15781 -COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, applyto work of this Section.
1.02WORK DESCRIPTION:
A.Scope of Work:
1.Furnish and install computer/data processing room environmental control systems,
including all equipment, refrigerant piping, refrigerant specialties, and all related
items necessary for complete installation of configuration or type of units as shown
and/or scheduled on the Mechanical Contract Documents.
2.Electrical service to units shall be provided as specified under Division 16 Sections.
B.Products Included:
1.Ceiling-mounted computer room environmental control units with accessories
2.Refrigerant Piping
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Reference Standards:
1.Unit efficiencies shall meet the requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90A: Energy
Conservation in New Building Design.
2.All units shall be listed by UL, ETL, CSA or other nationally recognized testing
laboratory (NRTL) under the requirements of UL Standard 1995.
3.Flame/smoke ratings of all internal insulation and components shall meet the
requirements of ASTM E84.
B.Each unit shall be completely factory assembled, piped, internally wired, charged, and fully
tested in all modes of operation, prior to shipment.
1.04SUBMITTALS:
A.Submit descriptive product literature and shop drawings in accordance with requirements of
Division 1.
1.Submittals and shop drawings shall include the following data:
a.Manufacturer’s technical data including certified unit capacity.
b.Wiring schematics including ladder type diagrams which differentiate
between factory installed and field installed portions.
c.Unit dimension data and weights.
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15781-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
d.Accessories furnished.
e.Manufacturer’s recommended installation methods.
f.Refrigerant piping installation diagrams.
B.Submit maintenance manuals in accordance with requirements of Division 1:
1.Maintenance manuals shall include the following:
a.Parts lists for each type and size of unit
b.Published installation instructions.
c.Troubleshooting maintenance guide for each type of unit.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01CEILING-MOUNTED COMPUTER ROOM ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL UNITS:
A.Unit Frame and Cabinet Construction:
1.The unit frame shall be constructed of welded tubular steel and shall be painted for
maximum corrosion protection. The exterior panels shall be powder coated and
shall be insulated with a minimum 1 inch, 1-1/2 pound density fiber insulation.
The main front panel shall have captive ¼ turn fasteners for easy service access.
2.The filter chamber shall be an integral part of the unit, located within the cabinet
and serviceable from the end of the unit. The filters shall be rated not less than 65%
efficiency based on ASHRAE Standard 52-76.
B.Fan Section:
1.The fans shall be the centrifugal type, double width, double inlet, and shall be
statically and dynamically balanced as a completed assembly to a maximum
vibration level of two mils in any plane. The shaft shall be heavy duty steel with
self-aligning ball bearings with a minimum life span of 100,000 hours. The fan
motor shall be mounted on an adjustable slide base. The drive package shall be
multi-belt, variable speed, sized for 200% of the fan motor horsepower. The fans
shall be located to draw air over the A-Frame cooling coil to ensure even air
distribution and maximum coil performance.
C.Humidifier:
1.The humidifier shall be of the infrared type consisting of high intensity quartz
lamps mounted above and out of the water supply. The evaporator pan shall be
stainless steel and arranged to be serviceable without disconnecting high voltage
electrical connections. The complete humidifier section shall be pre-piped ready for
final connection. The infrared humidification system shall use bypass air to prevent
over-humidification of the computer room. The humidifier shall be equipped with
an automatic water supply system. The system shall havean adjustable water-
overfeed to prevent mineral precipitation.
D.Reheat Coil:
1.Provide low watt density electric reheat coilswith tubular 304/304 stainless steel fin
construction, protected by thermal safety switches and controlled in three stages.
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15781-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
E.Evaporator Coil
1.The evaporator coil shall be an A-frame design and shall be constructed of copper
tubes and aluminum fins. Refrigerant of each system shall be distributed
throughout the entire coil face area. A stainless steel condensate drain pan shall be
provided underneath entire coil.
F.Standard Control Processor:
1.The control system shall be a microprocessor based system with two 0.43 inch high,
seven segment LED numerical displays to allow observation of room temperature
and humidity and each settable function as follows:
??
a.Temperature Setpoint 35-85F (18-29C)
b.Temperature Sensitivity
c.Humidity Setpoint 40-60% R.H.
d.Humidity Sensitivity 1% to 10% R.H.
e.Humidifier Flush Rate
2.Normal Operating Modes (Heating, Cooling, Humidification, and
Dehumidification) shall be indicated by colored LED's on the unit mounted display
panel.
3.The control system shall monitor unit operations and activate an audible and visual
alarm in the event of the following factory preset alarm conditions:
a.High Temperature
b.Low Temperature
c.High Humidity
d.Low Humidity
e.Restricted Air Filters
f.Loss of Air
g.High Head Pressure
h.Local Alarm
4.Compressor Short Cycle Control:
a.The control system shall prevent compressor short cycling by a 3-minute
timer from compressor stop to the next start.
G.Optional Advanced Control Processor:
1.The optional advanced control processor shall be microprocessor based system with
a front monitor LCD display panel and control keys for user inputs. The controls
shall be menu driven with on-screen prompts for easy user operation. The system
shall allow user review and programming of temperature and humidity setpoints,
alarm parameters, and setup selections including choice of control type. A
password shall be required to make system changes. For all user selections, the
range of acceptable input (temperature, humidity, or time delay) shall be displayed
on the monitor screen. The system shall provide monitoring of room conditions,
operational status in % of each function, component run times, date and time, and
four analog inputs from sensors provided by others.
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15781-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.Control system shall allow programming of the following room conditions:
??
a.Temperature Setpoint 65-85F (18-29C)
????
b.Temperature Sensitivity 1to 9.9F (.1C) increments
c.Humidity Setpoint 20-80% R.H.
d.Humidity Sensitivity +1% to +30% R.H.
3.All setpoints shall be adjustable from the front monitor panel on the unit.
Temperature and humidity sensorsshall be capable of being calibrated using the
front monitor panel controls to coordinate with other temperature and humidity
sensors in the room.
4.Predictive Humidity Control: The microprocessor shall calculate the moisture
content in the room and preventunnecessary humidification and dehumidification
cycles by responding to changes in dewpoint temperature.
5.Compressor Short-Cycle Control: The control system shall include a program to
prevent compressor short cycling.
6.Automatic Compressor Sequencing: The microprocessor shall automatically change
the lead/lag sequence of the compressors after each start to lengthen compressor-
on cycles and even compressor wear.
7.System Auto-Restart: For start-up after power failure, the system shall provide
automatic restart with a programmable (up to 9.9 minutes in 6-second increments)
time delay. Programming can be performed either at the unit or from the central
site monitoring system.
8.Sequential Load Activation: During start-up, or after power failure, the
microprocessorshall sequence operational load activation to minimize inrush
current. Systems allowing multiple loads to start simultaneously are unacceptable.
9.Hot Water/Econ-o-coil Flush Cycles: Hot water coils and Econ-o-coils shall be
automatically flushed to preventthe buildup of contaminants. Systems without this
feature shall include the necessary devices to bypass fluid into the coil on a
programmed basis.
10.Front Monitor Display Panel: The microprocessor shall provide a front monitor
LCD backlit display panel with 4 rows of 20 characters with adjustable contrast.
This display (along with five front mounted control keys) shall be the only operator
interface required to obtain all available system information such as room
conditions, operational status, alarms, control and alarm setpoints, and all user
selections including alarm delays, sensor calibration, DIP switch selections, and
diagnostics. All indicators shall be in language form. No symbols or codes shall be
acceptable.
11.Alarms: The microprocessor shall activate an audible and visual alarm in event of
any of the following conditions:
a.High Temperature
b.Low Temperature
c.High Humidity
d.Low Humidity
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15781-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
e.Short Cycle
f.Compressor
g.Overload (#1 and #2) (opt)
h.Main Fan Overload (opt)
i.Humidifier Problem
j.High Head Pressure (#1 and #2)
k.Change Filters
l.Loss of Air Flow
m.Low Suction Pressure
n.Loss of Power
o.Custom Alarm (#1 to #4)
12.Custom alarms are four customers’ accessible alarm inputs to be indicated on the
front panel. Custom alarms can be identified with prepared (programmed) labels
for the following frequently used inputs:
a.Water Under Floor
b.Smoke Detected
c.Standby GC Pump On
d.Loss of Water Flow
e.Standby Unit On
13.User customized text can be entered for two of the four custom alarms.
14.Each alarm (unit and custom) can be separately enabled or disabled, selected to
activate the common alarm, and programmed for a time delay of 0 to 255 seconds.
15.Audible Alarm: The audible alarm shall annunciate any alarm that is enabled by the
operator.
16.Common Alarm: A programmable common alarm shall be provided to interface
user selected alarms with a remote alarm device.
17.Control Type: The user shall be able to select the type of control the advanced
microprocessor will use. Selections available shall be intelligent, proportional, and
tunable PID (proportional, integral, and derivative gains). The intelligent control
shall incorporate control logic that uses artificial intelligence techniques including
"fuzzy logic" and "expert systems" methods to maintain precise, stable control. If
tunable PID is selected, the user shall be able to program each of the three gains.
18.Analog Inputs: The system shall include four customer accessible analog inputs for
sensors provided by others. The analog inputs shall accept a 4 to 20 mA signal.
The user shall be able to change the input to 0 to 5 vdc or 0 to 10 vdc if desired.
The gains for each analog input shall be programmable from the front panel. The
analog inputs shall be able to be monitored from the front panel.
19.Diagnostics: The control system and electronic circuitry shall be provided with self-
diagnostics to aid in troubleshooting. The microcontroller board shall be diagnosed
and reported as pass/not pass. Control inputs shall be indicated as on or off at the
front monitor panel. Control outputs shall be able tobe turned on or off from the
front monitor panel without using jumpers or a service terminal.
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15781-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
20.Data Collection: The control system shall maintain accumulative operating hours of
compressors, reheats, humidifier, fan motor and Econ-o-coil. The ten most recent
alarms shall also be retained.
H.Air Cooled Condensing Unit:
1.Exterior air cooled condensing unitshall manufactured by the same manufacturer
as the indoor unit and shall be the low profile, slow speed, multiple direct drive,
propeller fan type. The condenser shall balance the heat rejection of the compressor
at minimum 95F ambient temperature. The condenser shall be constructed of
0
aluminum and contain a copper tube, aluminum fin coil arranged for vertical air
discharge.
2.Semi-Hermetic Compressors
a.The compressors shall be located in a separate compartment so they may be
serviced during operations of the equipment. The compressor shall be
semi-hermetic with a suction gas cooled motor vibration isolators, thermal
overloads, oil sight glass, manual reset highpressure switch, pump down
low pressure switch, suction line strainer, reversible oil pumps for forced
feed lubrication. Each refrigeration circuit shall include hot gas mufflers,
liquid line filter dryers, refrigerant sight glass with moisture indicator
adjustable, externally equalized expansion values, and liquid line solenoid
valves.
b.Provide cylinder unloaders on the semi-hermetic compressors which are
activated by solenoid valves. The solenoid valves shall be controlled from
the microprocessor controland shall activate the unloader solenoids and
the liquid line solenoids such that four stages of refrigeration cooling are
obtained. The stages shall be:
1.one compressor, partially loaded
2.two compressors partially loaded
3.one compressor partially loaded, one compressor fully loaded
4.two compressors fully loaded
c.On a call for dehumidification, the microprocessor control shall insure that
at least one compressor is on full for proper humidity control.
3.The winter control system for the air-cooled condenser shall be by fan speed
control. The variable speed motors shall operate from 0 to 230 volts single phase,
10 to 1050 RPM and shall be designed with ball bearings, permanent lubrication,
internal overload protection; 40degC rise at full speed, 65degC rise at 10 RPM.
4.The control system shall be complete with transducers thermostats and electrical
control circuit, factory pre-packaged in the integral condenser control box. The
transducer shall automatically sense the highest head pressure of eitheroperating
compressor,and control the variable speed fan on the air-cooled condenser to
properly maintain the head pressure. The fan speed control system shall provide
positive start-up and operation in anambient temperature as low as -20F.
5.Providedisconnect switch, factory mounted and wired to the condenser control
panel, accessible from the exterior.
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15781-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
6.Providewinter control system for the air-cooled condensing unitwhich allows start-
up and positive head pressure control with ambient temperatures as low as -30F.
0
The package shall include the following components for each refrigeration circuit:
insulated receiver, pressure relief valve, head pressure three-way control valve, and
rotoloc valve for isolating the refrigerant charge. The receiver shall be factory
insulated and mounted ready for the field connection to the air-cooled condenser.
The heater shall require a separate power supply.
I.Optional Equipment:
1.Provide optional non-locking manual disconnect switch mounted in the high
voltage section of the electrical panel. The switch shall be accessible with the door
closed.
2.Provide optional locking type manual disconnect switch mounted in the high
voltage section of the electrical panel. The switch shall be from the outside of the
unit with the door closed, and prevent access to the high voltage electrical
components until switched to the "OFF' position.
3.Provide optional smoke detector mounted in the electrical panel with the sensing
element in the return air compartment. The smoke detector shall immediately shut
down the environmental control system and activate the alarm system when
activated.
J.Warranty:
1.Provide written warranty, signed by manufacturer, against defects and workmanship
for a period of one (1) year following the date of substantial completion on all parts.
Warranty coverage of all compressors shall be for a period of five (5) years from
date of substantial completion
K.Acceptable Manufacturers:
1.Data Aire Inc.
2.Liebert
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSTALLATION:
A.All units shall be installed in accordance withmanufacturer’s installation instructions.
Install units plumb and level, anchored in locations indicated, while maintaining
manufacturer's recommended service clearances.
B.Connect supply and return ducts to units with flexible duct connections. Provide transitions
to exactly match unit duct connection size. Ductwork shall be supported separate from the
unit.
C.Vibration Isolation:
1.Provide rubber vibration isolators for all suspended horizontal units. Isolators shall
be installed without binding to preventhard contact between surfaces. Install and
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15781-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
tighten isolators to manufacturer’s recommendations. Threaded rod supports shall
be 3/8” minimum.
2.Provide a vibration absorbing pad below each vertical floor mounted unit.
D.Furnish and install all refrigerant piping, humidifier piping, control wiring, and condensate
drain piping as denoted. Refrigerant piping shall be confirmed by the unit manufacturer for
the distance and elevation requirements for the project.
E.Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Division 16contractor.
3.02START-UP:
A.The manufacturer must provide a factory-trained service technician to supervise the original
start-up of the unit(s). Start-up units in accordance with manufacturer's start-up
instructions. Test unit controlsand demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace
damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.
3.03TRAINING:
A.Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for 1-half day to instruct
Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance of each unit. Schedule training
with Owner, providing at least a 7-day notice to the Engineer prior to training date.
END OF SECTION
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15781-8
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15782 -ROOFTOP UNITS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15
Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02`SUMMARY:
A.This Section includes rooftop heating and cooling units.
B.All motors used with variable frequency drives shall be “Premium efficiency” and
shall be VFD compatible.
1.03SUBMITTALS:
A.Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical data for each model indicated;
including rated capacities of selected model clearly indicated; dimensions; required
clearances; shipping installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties;
accessories; and installation and startup instructions.
B.Shop, Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights,
loading, required clearances, method of field assembly,components, and location
and size of each field connection. Detail mounting, securing and flashing of roof
curb to roof structure. Indicate coordinating requirements with roof membrane
system.
C.Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and
differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
D.Commissioning Reports: Indicate results of startup and testing commissioning.
Submit copies of checklists
E.Maintenance Data: For equipment to include in the maintenance manuals specified
in Division 1.
F.Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, “Safety Code
for Mechanical Refrigeration”.
B.Energy Efficiency Ratio: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1,
“Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings”.
C.Coefficient of Performance: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1,
“Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings”.
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15782-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated components specified in this
Section that are listed and labeled.
1.The Terms “Listed” and “labeled”: As defined in the National Electrical
Code, Article 100.
2.Listing and Labeling Agency, Qualifications: A “Nationally Recognized
Testing Laboratory” as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
E.Comply with AGA 2223.1 for gas-fired furnace section
F.Comply with NFPA 70.
1.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A.Deliver rooftop units as factory-assembled units with protective crating and
covering.
B.Coordinate delivery of units in sufficient time, to allow movement into building.
C.Handle rooftop units to comply with manufacturer's written rigging and installation
instructions for unloading and moving to final location.
1.06COORDINATION:
A.Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations
with roof construction.
B.Roof specialties are specified in Division 7 Sections:
1.07WARRANTY:
A.General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the
Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other previsions of the Contract
Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties
made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents
B.Special Warranty: A written warranty, executed by the manufacturer and signed by
the Contractor, agreeing to replace components that fail in materials or
workmanship, within the specified warranty period, provided manufacturer's written
instructions for installation, operation, and maintenance have been followed.
C.Warranty Period. Compressors: Manufacturers standard, but not less than 5 years
after date of Substantial Completion.
D.Warranty Period. Heat Exchangers: Manufacturers standard, but not less than 10
years after date of Substantial Completion.
1.08EXTRA MATERIALS:
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15782-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged
with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing
contents.
B.Fan Belts: One set for each belt-drive fan.
C.Filters: One set of filters for each unit.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS:
A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1.Rooftop Units, 7-1/2 to 20 Tons:
a.AAON
b.Carrier Corp.; Carrier Air Conditioning Div.
c.Engineered Air.
d.Lennox Industries Inc.
e.McQuay International.
f.Trane Company (The); North American Commercial Group.
g.York International Corp.
2.02ROOFTOP UNITS, 7-1/2 TO 20 TONS:
A.Description: Factory assembled and tested; designed for roof or slab installation;
and consisting of compressors, condensers, evaporator coils, condenser and
evaporator fans, refrigeration and temperature controls, filters, and dampers.
B.Casing: Manufacturer's standard construction with corrosion-protection coating
and exterior finish, removable panels or access doors with neoprene gaskets for
inspection and access to internal parts, minimum 1/2-inch thick thermal insulation,
knockouts for electrical and piping connections, exterior condensate drain
connection, and lifting lugs.
C.Evaporator Fans: Forward curved, centrifugal, belt driven with adjustable sheaves or
direct-drive fans; and with permanently lubricated motor bearings.
D.Exhaust/Relief Fans: Forward-curved, centrifugal or propeller type, directly driven
with permanently lubricated motor bearings.
E.Condenser Fans: Propeller type, directly driven with permanently lubricated motor
bearings.
F.Refrigerant Coils: Aluminum-plate fin and seamless copper tube in galvanized steel
casing with equalizing-type vertical distributor.
G.Compressors: Serviceable, semi-hermetic, or fully hermetic compressors with
integral vibration isolators and crankcase heaters.
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15782-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
H.Safety Controls: For semi-hermetic compressors provide manual-reset type safety
controls for low pressure, high pressure, and compressor motor overload
protection.
I.Hot-Gas Bypass: Factory-installed valve.
J.Timed-Off Control: Automatic-reset control shuts compressor off after 5 minutes.
K.Electric Heat: Manufacturer's standard construction, electric resistance, factory
wired far single-point wiring connection, with overcurrent and overheat protection
devices.
L.Low Ambient Control: Head-pressure control, designed to operateat temperatures
as low as 10deg F
M.Discharge Air Thermostat: Staged heating and cooling with automatic changeover
to maintain 60 deg F. leaving air temperature.
N.Smoke Detectors: Photoelectric detector located in return-air plenum, to de-
energize unit.
O.Operating Controls: Factory-installed microprocessor controls and monitors unit
and communicates with central control processor.
1.Control Outputs: 2-stage heating, 2-stage cooling; and automatic or
continuous fan operation and economizer damper operation.
2.Control Sensors:Discharge-air-temperature sensor, fan airflow-proving
switch, dirty-filter switch, discharge-air-temperature sensor, room-
temperature sensor, and night-setback-override switch.
3.Control Features: Day/occupied modes for high or low enthalpy and
Night/unoccupied mode.
2.03ROOF CURBS:
A.Manufacturer's standard. insulated with corrosion-protection coating, gasketing,
factory-installed wood nailer, according to NRCA standards.
B.Curb Height: Minimum 16 inches.
C.Isolation Curb: Rigid upper and lower steel structure with vibration isolation springs
and vertical and horizontal restraints; with elastomeric waterproof membrane. 2-
inch static deflection.
2.04MOTORS:
A.Refer to Division 15 Section "ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT" for general requirementsfor factory-installed
motors.
B.Motor Construction: NEMA MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Design B.
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15782-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
C.Enclosure Type: Open, drip-proof
2.05SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL:
A.Verification of Performance: Rate capacity according to ARI 210/240, "Unitary Air-
Conditioning and Air Source Heat Pump Equipment."
B.Verification of Performance: Rate capacity according to ARI 360, 'Commercial and
Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning Equipment.'
C.Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with ARI 270, "Standard for Sound Rating of
Outdoor Unitary Equipment.'
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01EXAMINATION:
A.Examine roof for compliance with requirements for conditions affecting installation
and performance of rooftop units. Do not proceed with installation until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02INSTALLATION:
A.Install units according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B.Install units level and plumb, maintaining manufacturer's recommended clearances.
C.Curb Support: Install roof curb on roof structure, level, according to NRCA's
written installation instructions. Install and secure rooftop units on curbs and
coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction.
D.Unit Support: Install unit on structural curbs and level. Coordinate wall penetrations
end flashing with wall construction
3.03CONNECTIONS:
A.Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings
indicate the general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection
requirements:
1.Install ducts to termination in roof mounting frames.
2.Where indicated, terminate return-air duct through roof structure and
insulate space between roof and bottom of unit.
B.Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements in Division 16 Sections.
C.Ground equipment.
1.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's
published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are
not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15782-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.04COMMISSIONING:
A.Verify that installation is as indicated and specified.
B.Complete manufacturer's installation and startup checks and perform the following:
1.Level unit on housekeeping base, and flash curbs to unit and to roof.
2.Inspect for visible damage to unit casing
3.Inspect for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber.
4.Inspect for visible damage to compressor, air-cooledcondenser coil, and
fans.
5.Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.
6.Check that labels are clearly visible.
7.Verify that controls are connected and operable.
8.Remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down strap.
9.Verify that filters are installed.
10.Adjust vibration isolators.
11.Check acoustic insulation.
12.Check operation of barometric dampers.
C.Lubricate bearings on fan.
D.Check fan-wheel rotation for correct direction without vibration and binding.
E.Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension
F.Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1.Perform starting of refrigeration in summer only.
2.Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report
G.Check and record performance of interlocks and protection devices; verify
sequences.
H.Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer.
I.Calibrate thermostats.
J.Adjust and check high-temperature limits.
K.Check internal isolators.
L.Check outside-air damper for proper stroke and interlock with return-air dampers.
M.Check controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers, refrigeration,
and normal and emergency shutdown.
N.Start refrigeration and measure and record the following:
1.Coil leaving-air, dry-and wet-bulb temperatures.
2.Coil entering-air, dry-and wet-bulb temperatures.
3.Outside-air, dry-bulb temperature.
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15782-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
4.Air-cooled-condenser discharge-air, dry-bulb temperature.
O.Measure and record the following minimum and maximum airflows. Plot fan
volumes on fan curve.
1.Supply-air volume.
2.Return-air volume.
3.Relief-airvolume.
4.Outside-air intake volume.
P.Simulate maximum cooling demand and check the following:
1.Compressor refrigerant suction and hot-gas pressures.
2.Short circuiting air through condenser or from condenser to outside-air
intake.
Q.After starting and performance testing change filters, vacuum heat exchanger and
cooling and condenser coils, lubricate bearings, adjust belt tension, and check
operation of power vents.
3.05DEMONSTRATION:
A.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel as specified below:
B.Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to
startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance.
C.Review data in the maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section "Operation
and Maintenance Data.
D.Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least 7 days' advance
notice.
END OF SECTION
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS15782-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15870 -EXHAUST FANS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.The Contractor shall furnish all the labor, materials, equipment, appliances, services and
drayage, and perform all the operations in connection with the construction and installation
of the Work. All Work to be as herein specified and as denoted on the accompanying
Drawings.
B.This Section of the Work includes the furnishing and installation of the in-line suspended
exhaust ventilators and roof-mounted powered exhaust ventilators, complete with associated
ductwork, dampers, etc.,as herein specified and/or indicated on the Drawings.
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Units shall be licensed to bear the Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. AMCA)
seal for air moving performance shall be tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 210.
B.Some ratings listed for specific performances shall be in accordance with methods outlined
in AMCA Bulletin 301.
C.UL Compliance -Fans shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL
705 "Power Ventilators."
D.NEMA Compliance -Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA standards.
E.Electrical Component Standard -Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70
"National Electrical Code."
F.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements provide exhaust fans of one of the
following manufacturers
1.Greenheck Fan Corp.
2.Penn Ventilator
3.Loren-Cook Co.
4.Carnes
5.Jenn-Air, Inc.
6.Twin City Fan & Blower
7.Barry Blower
1.04SUBMITTALS:
A.General-Submit the following in accordance with the requirements ofDivision 1.
EXHAUST FANS15870-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Product Data -for selected models, including specialties, accessories, and the
following:
a.Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions
indicated.
b.Certified fan sound power ratings.
c.Motor ratings and electrical characteristics plus motor and fan accessories.
d.Materials gauges and finishes, including color charts.
e.Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01CEILINGEXHAUST FANS:
A.Fan housing constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel.
B.Housing interior shall be acoustically lined with 1/2" insulation.
C.Discharge outlet to be adaptable to horizontal or vertical positions.
D.Terminal box shall be internally mounted for motor hook-up.
E.Motor shall be mounted on resilient elastic grommets.
F.Fan shall have a forward curved centrifugal wheel, dynamically balanced to insure
vibration-free performance.
G.Fan shall have integral painted inlet grille face.
H.A toggle disconnect switch shall be mounted on the outside of the housing, wired to the
internal terminal box.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01Provide spring type isolators sized to match the weight of each individual fan. Brackets shall be
furnished with the units for hanging from structure above.
3.02Provide flexible connectors on discharge side of ceilingexhaust fans; connect to ductwork.
3.03Check all units for proper performance, fan and/or motor rotation, and adjust asrequired.
3.04Refer to Section 15190 for proper identification tagging of equipment.
END OF SECTION
EXHAUST FANS15870-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15891 -LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS:
1.02RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.03WORK DESCRIPTION:
A.Scope of Work:
1.Furnish and install low pressure ductwork as shown or implied on the Contract
Documents.
2.Extent of the work is indicated on the Drawings and in the schedules, and by
requirements of this section. Low pressure ductwork is hereby defined as ductwork
subjected to velocities of less than 2500 fpm or less and operating pressure of 2”
water column (w.c.) or less, positive or negative.
B.Work Included:
1.Heating supply and return air duct systems.
2.Air conditioning supply and return duct systems.
3.Mechanical exhaust ducts.
4.Fresh air supply systems.
5.Return air runouts from trunk to register or grille.
6.All other ducts shall be considered high pressure ducts.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Construction Standards:
1.Allducts shall be fabricated in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards”.
2.Where SMACNA standards provide no guidance, comply with ASHRAE
Handbook of Fundamentals chapter on Duct Construction.
3.Comply with ANSI/NFPA 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning
and Ventilating Systems” and ANSI/NFPA 90B “Standard for the Installation of
Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems”.
1.05SUBMITTALS:
A.Submit descriptive literature and shop drawings for manufactured products and factory
fabricated ductwork in accordance with Division 1 requirements.
LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK15891-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Submit complete dimensioned layouts of ductwork showing both the accurately scaled
ductwork and its relation of space enclosure. At a minimum, the following items will be
required to be indicated on the duct layout submittals:
1.Drawings shall be submitted in AutoCAD format. Hand drawn documents are not
acceptable.
2.Ductwork layout on reflected ceiling plans to 1/4" = 1'-0" scale.
3.Fire damper installation and locations.
4.Access door installations and locations.
5.Duct sizes and fabrication methods.
6.All required transitions and noted whether they are flat on top, flat on bottom, or
concentric.
7.All field seams required and the proper method of joint shall be indicated.
8.All sections to be internally lined shall be indicated, and the increased dimensions
shall be noted.
9.All sections that are to be installed with flexible ductwork shall be indicated.
10.Volume dampers, motorized dampers, turning vanes, and extractor installation,
fabrication and locations.
11.Hanging and supporting details.
12.Drawings shall show ductwork elevations in relation to ceiling height with clearance
worked out between ductwork, piping, electrical fixtures, and structure.
1.06RECORD DRAWINGS:
A.Submit Record Drawings in accordance with Division 1 requirements.
1.07DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A.Protect shop fabricated and factory fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products
from damage during shipment, storage, and handling. Prevent end damage and prevent dirt
and moisture from entering ducts and fittings.
B.Where possible, store ductwork inside and protect from the weather. Where necessary to
store outside, store above grade and enclosed with waterproof wrapping.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A.Metal duct:
1.U.S. Steel
2.Republic Steel
3.Wheeling Steel
4.Norfolk
B.Metal duct accessories:
1.Ductmate Industries, Inc.
C.Factory Fabricated Round or Oval Ductwork
1.C & R
LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK15891-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.Dixie Sheetmetal
3.JTD Spiral
4.LaPine
5.Lindab
6.Semco
7.Tangent Air
8.United Sheetmetal Div. United McGill Corp.
D.Duct Liner
1.Certainteed “ToughGard”
2.Knauf E-M
E.Duct sealant:
1.United Duct Sealant
2.Hardcast
2.02DUCTWORK:
A.General: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide
materials which are free from visual defects and imperfections including fittings, seam
markings, roller marks, stains and discolorations, and other imperfections, including those
which would impair painting.
B.Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet metal
steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A 653, lockforming quality and ANSI/ASTM A 653M,
G90 zinc coating; mill phosphatized for exposed locations.
C.Painted Sheet Metal: Where architectural or mechanical schedules call for ductwork to be
finish painted in exposed locations, galvanized sheet metal shall be pre-etched type known
as "galvaneal" or "paint-grip." Clarify with Engineer before fabrication.
D.Rectangular Ductwork:
1.Ductwork shall be fabricated of gages and reinforcement complying with SMACNA
Standards, and shall be of sizes as shown on Drawings. Dimensions as shown are
inside measurements indicating free area required. Ducts noted to receive liner
shall be increased in size to maintain the inside dimensions noted.
2.Minimum rectangular duct sheet metal gauges shall be as follows:
Dimension of Longest Side Gauge
0-26"26
27-30"24
31-36"22
37-84"20
85-120"18
121-144”16
E.Round Ductwork:
LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK15891-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Round ducts shall be factory fabricatedzinc coated steel of spiral lockseam
construction.
2.Round duct fittings shall be factory fabricated zinc coated steel for 45 or conical
take-off from the main trunk.
3.Minimum round duct metal gauges for low pressure ductwork shall be as follows:
Duct DiameterGaugeFitting Gauge
0-14"2824
15-26"2624
27-36"2422
37–50"2220
51–60"2018
61-84"1816
2.03MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS:
A.General: Provide miscellaneous materials and products of types and sizes indicated and,
where not otherwise indicated, provide type and size required to comply with ductwork
system requirements including proper connection of ductwork and equipment.
B.Duct Sealant: Non-hardening, non-migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant (type applicable
for fabrication/installation detail) as compounded and recommended by manufacturer
specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork.
C.Duct Cement: Non-hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement (type
applicable for fabrication/installation detail) as compounded and recommended by
manufacturer specifically for cementing fitting components, or longitudinal seams in
ductwork.
D.Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot-dipped galvanized
steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01GENERAL:
A.Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will
achieve air tight (5 % leakage) and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems, capable of
performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum of joints.
B.Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8" misalignment tolerance and with
internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and
anchors of type which will hold duct true-to shape and to prevent buckling.
C.Provide all necessary offsets and transformations as required in the installation of the work
although same may not be specifically shown on the plans. Offset all ducts as required to
increase head room under them, to improve the appearance of exposed ducts, and to avoid
interference with the work of other trades.
LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK15891-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid
diagonal runs wherever possible.
E.Locate runs as indicated by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated,
run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for
servicing building and its equipment.
F.Hold ducts close to walls overhead construction, columns, and other structural and
permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2" where furring is shown
for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any.
G.Where possible, in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating
in mechanical shafts, furring, or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in
solid partitions, except as specifically shown. Coordinate the layout with suspended ceiling
and lighting layouts and similar finished work.
H.Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, conceal space between
construction opening and duct or duct-plus-insulation with sheet metal flanges of same gage
as duct. Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1-1/2".
I.Where ducts pass through time-rated fire resistive construction, all openings around the
ducts shall be sealed with fire stopping material as specified in Division 7.
J.Provide angle, channel, or equal type frames for all manual and automatic dampers and
install as required.
K.In toilet exhaust systems serving two or more floors, install featherweight backdraft damper
in the branch ductwork to each floor.
L.Provide drain pans at built up air handling systems. Provide multiple drain pans at multiple
cooling coil sections.
M.Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames,
equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system.
N.Support ductwork in manner complying with SMACNA 1995 Second Edition, "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards" hanger and supports Section.
3.02INSTALLATION OF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK:
A.Field changes in duct dimensions shall result in equivalent cross-sectional areas to
dimensions shown. In no case shall the greater dimension be greater than four times the
lesser.
B.All transitions shall be made with long transition fittings. Ducts shall be flared to suit shape
of registers and grilles or openings for registers and grilles. Maximum angle of transition of
20 for diverging air flow and 30 for contracting air flow.
C.Provide engineered air foil blades turning vanes at square elbows, minimum 2 1-1/2" wide,
where shown on the drawings, and where changes in direction cannot be made as specified
above. Turning vanes shall be installed inside the insulation on internally lined ducts.
LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK15891-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.All rectangular sheet metal ducts over 18" in width shall be cross broken or mechanically
beaded to reduce vibration. Reinforcing angle and stiffeners shall be provided where
required to prevent sagging, buckling, vibration, sound transmission, etc.
E.Changes in direction shall be made with easy flowing curves. The minimum center line
radius of bends shall be at least 1-1/2 times the dimension of the duct in the plane of the
turn unless otherwise shown. Radius type elbows fabricated with the inside radius equal to
width of duct; short radius elbows will be permitted only by written approval of
Architect/Engineer for specific cause.
F.Ducts shall be fabricated to a minimum of SMACNA 2" pressure classification.
G.All ducts shall be sealed to meet SMACNA Class B classification. Both longitudinal and
transverse joints are to be sealed.
3.03INSTALLATION OF ROUND DUCTWORK:
A.Ducts shall be assembled so that they are free of obstructions, smooth on the inside and
airtight.
B.All branch takeoffs from trunk ducts shall be made with a cone shaped adapter to the trunk
duct. The adapter shall be 2" more in dimension than the branch and shall taper to branch
duct size with the side of the adapter not exceeding 15 degrees from the horizontal.
C.In low pressure ductwork, spin-in fittings may be used for round branch take-offs from
rectangular duct.
3.04JOINTS:
A.Dissimilar metals shall have a heavy coat of zinc primer applied at connection point to keep
surfaces from direct contact with each other.
3.05FIRE DAMPERS AND COMBINATION FIRE-SMOKE DAMPERS:
A.Fire dampers and combination fire-smoke dampers shall be installed in all ducts passing
through fire rated walls and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings as required by the Indiana
Building Code. All installations shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations in compliance with their rating.
B.Access sections, panels and/or doorsshall be installed adjacent to each fire damper, smoke
damperorcombinationfire-smoke damper.
3.06LINTELS:
A.Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing lintels over all ducts
that pass through load bearing walls and any duct over 12" wide. Lintel size shall be
sufficient to support loads above. Lintel material shall be as approved by the
Architect/Engineer. Lintels shall be installed by craftsmen skilled in this particular trade.
END OF SECTION
LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK15891-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15893 -FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02WORK DESCRIPTION:
A.Furnish and install flexible duct connections of the size as shown or implied on the Contract
Documents.
B.Extent of the work is indicated on the Drawings and in the schedules, and by requirements
of this section.
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.The flexible duct shall have been tested by UL under Standard UL #181 and shall be listed
as a "Flexible Air Duct Connector," Class I
B.Construction Standards:
1.All ducts shall be fabricated in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards”.
2.Where SMACNA standards provide no guidance, comply with ASHRAE
Handbook of Fundamentals chapter on Duct Construction.
3.Comply with ANSI/NFPA 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning
and Ventilating Systems” and ANSI/NFPA 90B “Standard for the Installation of
Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems”.
1.04SUBMITTALS:
A.Submit descriptive literature and shop drawings for manufactured products and factory
fabricated flexible ductwork in accordance with Division 1 requirements.
B.Complete dimensioned layouts of ductwork are required for sheetmetal ductwork. Indicate
location of all flexible duct and fan connections.
C.Indicate hanging and support details for flexible ductwork.
1.05RECORD DRAWINGS:
A.Submit Record Drawings in accordance with Division 1 requirements.
1.06DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A.Protect flexible ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage, dirt, and
moisture during shipment, storage, and handling.
FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK15893-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Where possible, store flexible ductwork inside and protect from the weather. Where
necessary to store outside, store above grade and enclosed with waterproof wrapping.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A.Clevaflex
B.Wiremold
C.Flexmaster
D.Thermaflex
E.Norflex
F.Atco
G.Hart and Cooley
2.02FLEXIBLE DUCT:
A.Insulated,flexible ductwork shall be constructed having two tough plies of black polyester
film encapsulating a galvanized steel helix. The covering shall be one inch thick fiberglass
of 3/4 lb. density, with an airtight PVC skin serving as a vapor barrier.
B.Insulated,low pressure flexible ductwork shall be used to connect supply duct, terminal
units with the air distribution devices Low pressure flexible duct shall be suitable for 6” w.c.
positive working pressure.
C.Insulated high pressure flexible ductwork shall be used to connect high pressure supply air
duct to the inlet side of air volume control boxes. High pressure flexible duct shall be rated
for 10” w.c. positive working pressure.
2.03FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
A.Provide flexible fabric connections at suction and discharge connections of sheet metal
ductwork with supply and exhaust fans, and other equipment employing such fans.
B.Provide flexible fabric connections at suction and discharge connections of concealed
cabinet heaters, fan coil units, heat pumps, etc., and as otherwise noted on the Drawings.
C.Fabricate of 30 oz. "Ventglas," or equal, neoprene coated fabric properly secured by bolted
angles or band iron. No metal to metal contact will be allowed.
D.Flexible connection fabric shall be approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., and
comply with UL-191-1967.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSTALLATION:
A.Provide flexible duct where and noted on the Drawings. Lengths of flexible duct shall not
exceed 6 feet and shall be continuously supported. Duct shall be supported from above at
not to exceed 3'-0" o.c. and shall not lieon ceiling or light fixtures. Support flexible duct
from integral grommet strip or minimum 1" sheetmetal bands per SMACNA figure 3-10.
B.Ducts shall be installed in one continuous piece with no intermediate joints.
FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK15893-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
C.Not more than 2 elbows shall be formed from flexible duct. Form additional elbows out of
hard pipe. Install flexible duct connections.
D.Connections at ductwork and terminals shall be air tight. Spin-in fittings may be used when
connecting to rectangular ducts.
E.When installing, insulation shall be pulled back and the core shall be securely taped with
three wraps of pressure sensitive tape, and then banded with a corrosive resistant metal
band. After banding, insulation and vapor barrier shall be replaced, taped, and sealed
around duct connection.
F.For low pressure duct connections, slip the flexduct over the collar and sheet metal screw
through the duct and collar. Seal the joint with duct tape and an aluminum drawband.
G.Do not pass through walls with flexible duct.
H.Provide the flexible connectionsat ductwork connection to vibrating or rotating equipment,
including fans.
END OF SECTION
FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK15893-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15910 -DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02CODE COMPLIANCE:
A.SMACNA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of SMACNA "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible".
B.Industry Standards: Comply with ASHRAE recommendations pertaining to construction of
ductwork accessories, exceptas otherwise indicated.
C.UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label fire dampers in accordance with UL Standard 555
"Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers".
D.UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label smoke dampers in accordance with UL Standard
555S “Leakage Rated Dampers for use in Smoke Control Systems”.
E.UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label combination fire-smoke dampers in accordance
with UL Standard 555/UL555S
F.NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of NFPA 90A "Air Conditioning
and Ventilating Systems", pertaining to installation of ductwork accessories.
1.03PRODUCT DATA:
A.Submittals: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, shop drawings, and maintenance
data for each type of ductwork accessory.
1.Shop drawings shall include the following:
a.Fire damper or combination fire -smoke damper installations instructions
and nomenclature.
b.Access door installations.
c.Volume damper, turning vanes, and extractor installation instructions, and
fabrication.
d.Fire damper or combination fire-smoke damper linkage and actuator
nomenclature.
B.Maintenance Manuals:
1.Provide maintenance manuals and operating instructions for fire and smoke
dampers.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Reference Standard:
DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES15910-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Fire dampers (HP): 1 ½ hour rated Ruskin DIBD20; 3 hour rated Ruskin DIBD
230 Style LO or LR for flat oval or round duct.
2.Multiple blade fire dampers: 1 ½ hour rated Ruskin FD60 for flat oval or round
duct.
3.Fire dampers (LP): 1 ½ hour rated Ruskin DIBD20; 3 hour rated Ruskin DIBD 230
Style B for rectangular duct.
4.Instrument ports: Young Regulator models 1100 and 1101
5.Access doors: United Sheet Metal type AW-1 and Air Balance model FSA-100
6.Volume dampers: Young Regulator models 301, 443, and 656
7.Turning vanes: Titus models Y and Z
B.Acceptable Manufacturers:
1.Instrument ports: Young Regulator
2.Access doors: Air Balance, United Sheet Metal, American Warming, National
Controlled Air,Nailor Industries.
3.Volume dampers: Louvers and Dampers, Inc., Young, Titus, Greenheck, United,
National Controlled Air, Air Balance, Nailor Industries.
4.Gravity Backdraft Dampers: Louvers and Dampers, Inc., Young, Titus, Greenheck,
United, National Controlled Air, Air Balance, Nailor Industries.
5.Remote Damper Operators: Young Regulator, Metropolitan Air Technologies
6.Turning vanes and extractors: Titus, Krueger, National Controlled Air.
7.Fire dampers: Ruskin, Prefco, CESCO, National Controlled Air, Greenheck,
United, Nailor Industries.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01VOLUME DAMPERS:
A.Opposed blade construction reduced.
B.5 inches by 1 inch by 16 gauge galvanized steel channel.
C.6 inches wide16 gauge galvanized steel blades.
D.Linkage concealed in frame.
E.Locking device to hold damper in fixed position.
F.Reference standard: Ruskin CD35.
2.02GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPERS:
A.Extruded aluminum frame .090 inch wall thickness with felt edged perimeter.
B..025 inch formed aluminum blade with extruded vinyl edge seals.
C.Zytel bearing.
D.Counter balances adjustable for field balancing.
E.2 inch frame.
F.Damper to be able to relieve air at pressure differentials less than .01 inch W.G.
G.Reference Standard: Ruskin CBD2.
2.03FIRE DAMPERS:
A.1-1/2 Hour Dynamic Fire Damper:
1.Meets UL 555 and NFPA 90A requirements for duct penetrations of fire rated
walls, partitions, and floors with fire resistance ratings of less than 3 hours.
2.20 gauge galvanized steel channel.
DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES15910-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.24 gauge galvanized steel bladed curtain.
4.165 degrees fusible link.
5.Suitable for vertical or horizontal mounting.
6.Fire damper blades shall be out of the airstream so that duct size is maintained.
7.Damper shall be provided with an integral steel sleeve suitable for the substrate into
which it is to be installed. Provide integral “picture frame” mounting angles
B.1 1/2 Hour Dynamic Multiple Blade Fire Damper:
1.These dampers are to be used in lieu of Style LO or LR for flat oval or round duct
when ductsize is such that the largest single section UL listed LO or LR damper is
exceeded.
2.Meets UL 555 and NFPA 90A requirements for duct penetrations of fire rated
walls, partitions, and floors with fire resistance ratings of less than 3 hours.
3.20 gauge galvanized steel channel.
4.24 gauge galvanized steel bladed curtain.
5.165 degrees fusible link.
6.Suitable for vertical or horizontal mounting.
7.Fire damper blades shall be opposed blade airfoil type.
8.Damper shall be provided with an integral steel sleeve suitable for the substrate into
which it is to be installed. Provide integral“picture frame” mounting angles
C.3 Hour Dynamic Fire Damper:
1.Meets UL 555 and NFPA 90A requirements for duct penetrations of fire rated
walls, partitions, and floors with fire resistance ratings of 3 hours or more.
2.18 gauge galvanized steel channel.
3.22 gauge galvanized steel bladed curtain.
4.165 degrees fusible link.
5.Suitable for vertical and horizontal mounting.
6.Fire damper blades shall be out of the airstream so that duct size is maintained.
7.Damper shall be provided with an integral steel sleeve suitable for the substrate into
which it is to be installed. Provide integral “picture frame” mounting angles
2.04DUCT ACCESS DOORS:
A.Low Pressure Rectangular Ductwork
1.UL listed.
2.One inch thick insulated 22 gauge galvanized steel door.
3.22 gauge galvanized steel frame having 5/8 inch knock over edges.
4.Continuous aluminum hinge.
5.Cam lock latch.
6.1/2 inch wide gasket.
7.Square opening; minimum 12”x12”.
B.Round or Flat Oval High or Low Pressure Ductwork:
1.Assembly shall be a complete duct section access door combination.
2.Minimum 20 gauge galvanized steel welded construction.
3.Access section shall have same diameter as duct in which they are installed.
4.Shall have pressure sensitive release for manualor emergency vacuum release.
5.Double wall galvanized steel insulated door having handle, chain retainer and gasket.
DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES15910-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.05TURNING VANES:
A.Duct turning vanes shall be dual radius type secured to steel side pieces, length as required
for duct size; constructed in accordance with SMACNA Standards Plate 22 (Low Velocity).
2.06FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS:
A.Flexible duct connections shall be UL listed neoprene coated double glass fabric;
connections exposed to weather or other moisture conditions shall have a rubber exterior
finish.
2.07INSTRUMENT PORTS:
A.Instrument ports shall be die cast collar cap; neoprene gasket, raised base to depth of
insulation.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSTALLATION:
A.All ductwork accessories shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with the
recommendation of the latest edition of ASHRAE Handbooksand SMACNA Duct
Construction Standards.
B.Accessories:
1.Volume dampers shall be installed at each branch duct connection to main or trunk
duct; where shown on the Drawings; and elsewhere as required to provide for
proper air distribution and balancing.
2.Fire dampers and combination fire-smoke dampers shall be installed in all ducts
passing through time rated fire resistive construction including but not limited to
walls, floors, and shafts and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings as required by the
Indiana Building Code. All installations shall be in strict accordance with NFPA
Bulletins #90A and 101 and manufacturer’s recommendations for compliance with
their ratings.
3.Flexible connections shall be provided for every duct connection to equipment and
as elsewhere shown on the Drawings. Connection shall be of sufficient length to
eliminate vibration transmission.
4.Access doors shall be provided in ducts downstream from fire dampers for access to
fire damper operating mechanisms.
5.Access doors shall be provided in ducts and plenums at all motorized and/or
control dampers.
6.Instrument ports shall be provided on both the inlet and discharge side of air supply
fans and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings.
7.Backdraft dampers shall be installed below each exhaust fan and relief vent at roof
in a position accessible from the roof.
8.Turning vanes shall be installed in each supply duct at 90 elbows and elsewhere
shown on theDrawings. Field fabricated turning vanes are not acceptable.
END OF SECTION 15910
DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES15910-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15941 -DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, & GRILLES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.01WORK DESCRIPTION:
A.Furnish and install air distribution devices as shown and/or scheduled on the Contract
Documents.
B.Products Included (Reference Schedules on Mechanical Contract Drawings):
1.Type “EG” -Exhaust Grilles
2.Type “LD” -Linear Slot Diffusers
3.Type “PD” -Panel Diffusers
4.Type “RG” -Return Grilles
5.Type “SG”-Supply Registers
1.02QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Reference Standards:
1.ADC Compliance: Test and rate registers, grilles, and diffusers in accordance with
ADC Equipment Test Code 1062, provide Certified Ratings Seal on each unit.
2.ARI Compliance: Test and rate registers, grilles, and diffusers in accordance with
ARI Standard 650.
3.NFPA Compliance: Construct and install air outlets and inlets in accordance with
NFPA 90A-93.
4.Diffuser, register, and grilles finishes must meet the requirements of ASTM 870
Water Immersion Test, ASTM D117 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test, and
ASTM D-2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test under 50 in-lb.
1.03SUBMITTALS:
A.Submit descriptive product literature and shop drawings in accordance with requirements of
Division 1.
1.Submittals and shop drawings shall include the following:
a.Dimensions
b.Materials of construction
c.Finish
d.Performance data
1)Throw and drop
2)Static-pressure drop
3)Noise ratings
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, & GRILLES15941-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
e.Accessories furnished
f.Mounting details
2.Submit a schedule of units which includes the following data for each unit:
a.Unit designation
b.Room location
c.Model number
d.Unit size
e.Accessories furnished
3.Where specified herein, submit samples of diffusers, registers, and grilles of
manufacturer’s standard color and construction for review by the project
Architect/Engineer.
PRODUCTS
PART 2 -
2.01STEEL EXHAUST GRILLES “EG”:
A.Capacity, size, and pattern as noted on the Mechanical Contract Drawings.
B.All steel construction.
C.White, baked enamel finish.
D.Maximum sound level NC-35.
E.35° or 45° fixed deflection blades spaced ¾" on center, blades parallel to long dimension.
F.1-1/4” frame mounting with countersunk screwholes.
G.Manufacturers:
1.Anemostat S3HD
2.Carnes RSLA
3.Metal-Aire SRH
4.Nailor Industries 6145H
5.Krueger 80H
6.Price 530/F/L/A
7.Titus 350RL
2.02LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSERS “LD”:
A.Capacity, sizes, and blow pattern as noted on the Mechanical Contract Drawings.
B.24 gauge steel construction.
C.Black enamel finish on the diffuser and pattern controllers, white T-bar.
D.Maximum sound level NC-35.
E.Plenum slot style diffuser.
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, & GRILLES15941-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
F.1” slot widths or as scheduledon the Drawings.
G.Extruded aluminum pattern controllers with gasketed top edge for full 180° adjustment.
H.Mounting suitable for lay-in acoustical ceiling; provide integral center T-bar.
I.Mounting suitable for gypsum ceiling; provide plaster frame.
J.Provide optional 11” high inlet plenum with neck size as scheduled on the Drawings.
K.Manufacturers:
1.Anemostat SCD
2.Carnes CH*B
3.Krueger PTBS
4.Metal-Aire PD
5.Nailor Industries 5710
6.Price TBD 4100
7.Titus TBD-80
2.03PANEL DIFFUSERS “PD”:
A.Capacity, size, and pattern as noted on the Mechanical Contract Drawings.
B.24 gauge stamped steel construction.
C.White, baked enamel finish.
D.Maximum sound level NC-35.
E.24”x24” Panel style face with three square cones.
F.Mounting suitable for lay-in acoustical ceiling.
G.Provide optional inlet balance damper accessible from face of diffuser.
H.Manufacturers:
1.Anemostat EPL
2.Carnes SFTB
3.Krueger 1400
4.Metal-Aire 5800
5.Nailor Industries RNS
6.Price SCD
7.Titus TMS
2.04RETURN GRILLES “RG”:
A.Capacity and size as noted on the Mechanical Contract Drawings.
B.All aluminum construction.
C.White, baked enamel finish.
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, & GRILLES15941-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.Aluminum perimeter frame with ½” X ½” X ½” aluminum core.
E.Mounting suitable for lay-in acoustical ceilingor1-1/4” framemounting with countersunk
screwholesin gypsum board ceilings..
F.Manufacturers:
1.Anemostat GC5
2.Krueger EGC-5
3.Metal-Aire CC5
4.Nailor Industries 51EC
5.Price 80/F/A
6.Titus 50F
2.05ROUNDSUPPLY DIFFUSERS “RD”:
A.Capacity, size, and pattern as noted on the Mechanical Contract Drawings.
B.18 gauge stamped steel construction.
C.White, baked enamel finish.
D.Maximum sound level NC-35.
E.Round cone style face.
F.Surface mounting.
G.Field adjustable discharge setting via removal of inner cones.
H.Manufacturers:
1.Anemostat CZ7
2.Carnes SSMA
3.Krueger RS-1
4.Nailor Industries 6300
5.Price RCD
6.Titus TMR
2.06SUPPLY REGISTERS “SG”:
A.Capacity, size, and pattern as noted on the Mechanical Contract Drawings.
B.All steel construction.
C.White, baked enamel finish.
D.Maximum sound level NC-35.
E.Double deflection blades spaced ¾” on center, front blades parallel with long dimension.
F.Blades shall be individually adjustable with friction pivot points at each end.
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, & GRILLES15941-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
G.1-1/4” frame mounting with countersunk screwholes.
H.Provide opposed blade balance damper accessible from face of diffuser.
I.Manufacturers:
1.Anemostat
2.Carnes
3.Krueger
4.Metal-Aire
5.Nailor Industries 61DVO
6.Price
7.Titus 300RS
2.07ACCESSORIES:
A.Provide standard manufacturer’s plaster frames for all diffusers, registers, and grilles located
in gypsum or plaster ceilings.
EXECUTION
PART 3 -
3.01INSTALLATION:
A.Diffusers, registers, and grilles shall be installed per manufacturer’s written
recommendations.
B.Secure all devices snug to ceiling. Support registers and grilles centered within acoustical
ceiling tile from T-bars (not from pads), using horizontal channels secured to duct and
T-bars.
C.Install plaster type frames and wall mounted devices tight to walls.
D.Diffuser, register, and grille locations as shown on the Drawings are approximate.
Installation shall be in accordance with Architect's/Engineer's reflected ceiling plan.
E.All duct connections to supply, return, exhaust and relief outlets shall be banded and taped.
END OF SECTION
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, & GRILLES15941-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15942 -ROOF VENT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.02WORK DESCRIPTION:
A.Scope of Work:
1.Furnish and install intake and relief vents as shown on the Contract Documents.
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Acceptable Manufacturers:
1.Jenn Air
2.Penn Ventilator Company
3.Loren Cook
4.Acme
5.Greenheck.
1.04SUBMITTALS:
A.Product:
1.Submit descriptive literature in accordance with requirements of Division 1.
B.Maintenance Manuals:
1.Submit maintenance and operating manuals in accordance with requirements of
Division 1.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01VENTS:
A.Housing:
1.Housing shall be rectangular low silhouette weatherproof type constructed of
aluminum with fasteners and gasketedneoprene curb cap; all seams continuously
welded; reinforced with "H" frame structural steel supports mounted on interior to
carry standing seam; vinyl coated steel or aluminum bird guard over air discharge
area; removable hood to provide access to anti-backdraft dampers from roof; intake
vent shall have an extended neck to make intake opening minimum 3'-0" above
roof; like Penn "Airette" series.
B.Curbs:
ROOF VENT15942-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Prefabricated roof curb shall be of all aluminumconstruction with wood nailer and
cant strip and insulated with 1/2" foam insulation; 16" high.
C.Backdraft Dampers:
1.Anti-backdraft dampers (for relief vents) shall be multi-leaf type; minimum 16
gauge aluminum felt edged blades secured to a cadmium plated steel shaft set to
oilite bearings; each blade shall have counterbalance adjustable to open with 0.05"
water column pressure; blade tiebars; 6" maximum blade width; frame shall be
extruded aluminum or steel channel with rust inhibitor coating.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSTALLATION:
A.Vents:
1.Intake and relief vents shall be rigidly anchored to roof curbs using cadmium plate
hardware.
B.Backdraft Dampers:
1.Install anti-backdraft dampers in all relief vents.
END OF SECTION
ROOF VENT15942-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION 15990 -ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED SECTIONS:
A.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division-1 Specification Sections and other Division-15 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this Section.
1.01WORK DESCRIPTION:
A.Scope of Work:
1.Test, adjust, and balance the air moving equipment, and the air supply, return, and
exhaust systems as herein specified.
B.Work Included:
1.Adjust fans and volume dampers to deliver, return or exhaust design air quantities
to or from each space.
2.Adjust terminal units to deliver design air quantities.
3.Adjust supply, return, exhaust, and relief dampers.
4.Adjust individual outlets for proper air movement.
1.02QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.Acceptable Test and Balancing Agencies (must be certified by NEEB):
1.Fulton Air Balance
2.Johnson Controls Inc.
3.Fluid Dynamics, Inc.
4.Mechanical Systems Balancing
5.Bledsoe Air Balance
6.Independent Test & Balance
7.Total Air Balance
B.Authorization of Report:
1.All reports shall be certified by an officer of theorganization.
1.03CONDITIONS:
A.System Operation:
1.Heating, ventilating, air conditioning equipment shall be completely installed and in
continuous operation as required to accomplish the adjusting and balancing work
specified.
1.04AGENCY LISTING:
A.Submit name of the Test and Balancing Agency to Architect/Engineer as a subcontractor on
the Materials and Subcontractors Listing.
ADJUSTING AND BALANCING15990-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.If the Contractor fails to submit name of selected Test and Balance Agency, the
Architect/Engineer will select the agencyof his choice and Contractor shall then issue
purchase order for this work as directed.
1.05MEASUREMENTS:
A.Readjustments:
1.Should corrective measure caused by faulty installation require re-testing, adjusting
and balancing, such work shall be done bythe agency at no change in contract
price.
2.Corrective measures that are required to be made to the installed work to provide
proper balancing results shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
3.New sheaves and belts required to produce the specified air volumes shall be
furnished by the Contractor at no cost to Adjusting and Balancing Agency.
Installation shall be by Adjusting and Balancing Agency under supervision of a
representative of the equipment manufacturer.
5.Any new electric motors other than those scheduled that are required to obtain or
accomplish design requirements are not a part of this contract.
PRODUCTS
PART 2 -
2.01INSTRUMENTS:
A.Quality:
1.The minimum instrumentation for testing, adjusting, and balancing shall be the
"AABC Approved Minimum Field Instrumentation."
2.Instruments used for testing and balancing must have been calibrated within a
period of six (6) months and checked for accuracyprior to start of work.
3.Instruments must be maintained and carried in such manner to protect them from
excessive vibration and moisture conditions.
B.Approval:
1.All products and instrumentation used shall be subject to approval of the
Architect/Engineer.
2.02REPORTS:
A.Report Forms:
1.Submit specimen copies of report forms for approval prior to start of balancing
work.
2.Reports shall be on standard forms similar to those published by the AABC or
NEBB.
ADJUSTING AND BALANCING15990-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Final Report:
1.Upon completion, all information shall be neatly typed and five (5) copies
submitted to the Architect/Engineer with accompanying schematic diagrams of
systems tested.
2.All test reports shall be assembled, indexed, and submitted in vinyl covered
loose-leaf notebooks with projectname and Balancing Agency's name permanently
printed thereon.
EXECUTION
PART 3 -
3.01PROCEDURE:
A.Methodology:
1.Testing and balancing shall be performed in complete accordance with National
Standards for Field Measurements and Instrumentation.
3.02PREPARATION:
A.Air System:
1.Prior to system testing and balancing:
a.Systems shall be fully operational.
b.All filters shall be clean.
c.Temperature and system controls shall be checked for proper operation.
d.Fan rotation shall be checked.
3.03SYSTEMS BALANCE:
A.Air Systems:
1.Perform the following minimum test and balance:
a.Test and adjust supply, return, and exhaust fans to design requirements.
Change sheaves and belts as required toobtain design air quantities.
b.Test and record motor electrical characteristics, RPM, service factor,
measure voltage, full load amperes and connected load amperage. Check
and record starter heaters sizes and rating, replacement belts sizes, etc.
c.Make pitot tube traverse (minimum of 16 point) of main supply ducts and
obtain design CFM at fans. Seal all test holes with suitable hole plugs.
d.Test and record system static pressures, suction, and discharge.
e.Test and adjust system for design CFM recirculated air.
f.Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air.
g.Test and record entering air temperatures. (D.B. heating and cooling)
h.Test and record entering air temperatures. (W.B. cooling)
i.Test and record leaving air temperatures. (D.B. cooling)
j.Test and record leaving air temperatures. (W.B. cooling)
k.Adjust all main supply and return air ducts to proper design CFM.
l.Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply, and return.
ADJUSTING AND BALANCING15990-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
m.Test and adjust each diffuser, grilles, and register to within 10% of design
requirements.
n.Each grille, diffuser, and register shall be identified as to location and area.
Size, type, flow factor, and manufacturer of diffusers, grilles, registers, and
all tested equipment shall be identified and listed.
o.Readings and tests of diffusers, grilles, and registers shall include required
FPM velocity and test resultant velocity, requirement CFM and test
resultant CFM after adjustments.
p.In cooperation with the Temperature Control Contractor's representative,
setting adjustments of automatically operated dampers to operate as
specified, indicated, and/or noted. The Balance Agency shall check all
controls for proper calibrations and list all controls required adjustment by
the Temperature Control Contractor.
q.All diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be adjusted to minimize drafts in all
areas.
r.Adjust all pressure independent or maximum volume regulators, whether
factory or field supplied, for scheduled air flow on all terminal boxes.
s.Adjust air directional vanes on air curtain discharge nozzles so that air split
occurs approximately 12” above the floor, 3” outside the centerline of the
doorway. Verify that air is directed to both the inside and outside of the
doorway. Refer to manufacturer’s adjusting procedures.
3.04RECORD DATA:
A.AirSystems:
1.Record the following minimum data:
a.CFM delivery and RPM of blowers and fans.
b.Static pressure at inlet and outlet of blowers and fans.
c.All equipment nameplate data.
d.Actual running current and voltage of fan motors.
e.CFM delivery orexhaust at each diffuser, register, or grille.
3.05SERVICES:
A.Re-inspection:
1.Balancing Agency shall make two (2) return inspection trips to the project within
the one year warranty period of the project; one at near heating design conditions
and oneduring air conditioning design conditions for the purpose of checking out
those portions of the system that are not performing satisfactorily as determined by
the Engineer. Balancing Agency shall make any additional adjustments required at
this time.
END OF SECTION
ADJUSTING AND BALANCING15990-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16050-BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes the following:
1.Supporting devices for electrical components.
2.Electricity-metering components.
3.Concrete equipment bases.
4.Electrical demolition.
5.Cutting and patching for electrical construction.
6.Touchup painting.
1.03SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For electricity-metering equipment.
B.Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans and sections or elevation layouts of electricity-metering
equipment.
C.Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed andlabeled as defined in NFPA70,
Article100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
use.
B.Comply with NFPA70.
1.05COORDINATION
A.Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work and arrange in
building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical installations that follow.
1.Set inserts and sleeves in poured-in-place concrete, masonry work, and other structural
components as they are constructed.
B.Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of
the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning before closing in the building.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS16050-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
C.Coordinate electrical service connections to components furnished by utility companies.
1.Coordinate installation and connection of exterior underground and overhead utilities and
services, including provision for electricity-metering components.
2.Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction andof utility company
providing electrical power and other services.
D.Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are concealed by finished
surfaces. Access doors and panels are specified in Division8 Section "Access Doors."
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01SUPPORTING DEVICES
A.Material: Cold-formed steel, with corrosion-resistant coating acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
B.Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations: Hot-dip galvanized steel.
C.Slotted-Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16-inch-(14-mm-)diameter
slotted holes at a maximum of 2 inches(50 mm)o.c., in webs.
1.Channel Thickness: Selected to suit structural loading.
2.Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channel supports.
D.Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, threaded C-clamps
with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring-steel clamps or click-type hangers.
E.Pipe Sleeves: ASTMA53, TypeE, GradeA, Schedule40, galvanized steel, plain ends.
F.Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and
insulating wedging plug for nonarmored electrical cables in riser conduits. Plugs have number and
size of conductor gripping holes as required to suit individual risers. Body constructed of malleable-
iron casting with hot-dip galvanized finish.
G.Expansion Anchors: Carbon-steel wedge or sleeve type.
H.Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.
I.Verify that devices in paragraph below are permissible in Project.
J.Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-treated steel.
2.02EQUIPMENT FOR UTILITY COMPANY'S ELECTRICITY METERING
A.Provide the following metering equipment as shown on the Drawings:
1.Current-Transformer Cabinets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility
company.
2.Meter Sockets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company.
2.03CONCRETE BASES
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS16050-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Concrete Forms and Reinforcement Materials: As specified in Division3 Section "Cast-in-Place
Concrete."
B.Concrete:3000-psi(20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive strength as specified in Division3 Section "Cast-
in-Place Concrete."
2.04TOUCHUP PAINT
A.For Equipment: Equipment manufacturer's paint selected to match installed equipment finish.
B.Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A.Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and
install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom.
B.Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building
systems and components, unless otherwise indicated.
C.Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components.
Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations.
D.Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope.
E.Comply with NECA 1.
3.02ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION
A.Damp Locations and Outdoors: Hot-dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, U-channel system
components.
B.Dry Locations: Steel materials.
C.Support Clamps for PVC Raceways: Click-type clamp system.
D.Selection of Supports: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
E.Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least
four; minimum of 200-lb(90-kg)design load.
3.03SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components.
B.Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Provide U-
bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for securing
hanger rods and conduits.
C.Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze-or bracket-type hangers.
D.Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent minimum
in the future.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS16050-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
E.Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable-iron pipe hangers or clamps.
F.Install1/4-inch-(6-mm-)diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise indicated.
G.Spring-steel fasteners specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing may be used
instead of malleable-iron hangers for 1 inch(25mm)and smaller raceways serving lighting and
receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to slotted channel and
angle supports.
H.Arrange supports in vertical runs so the weight of raceways and enclosed conductors is carried entirely
by raceway supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals.
I.Simultaneously install vertical conductor supports with conductors.
J.Separately support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used for fixture support. Support sheet-
metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. If bar hangers are used, attach bar
to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an approved fastener not
more than 24 inches(610 mm)from the box.
K.Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control
enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless components are mounted
directly to structural elements of adequate strength.
L.Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls unless core-drilled holes
are used. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire-rated gypsum walls
and of all other fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and
masonry walls.
M.Securely fasten electrical items and their supports to the building structure, unless otherwise indicated.
Perform fastening according to the following unless other fastening methods are indicated:
1.Wood: Fasten with wood screws or screw-type nails.
2.Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid masonry
units.
3.New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts.
4.Existing Concrete: Expansion bolts.
5.Steel: Welded threaded studs or spring-tension clamps on steel.
a.Field Welding: Comply with AWSD1.1.
6.Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs, not for conduits, pipe straps,
or other items.
7.Light Steel: Sheet-metal screws.
8.Fasteners: Select so the load applied to each fastener does not exceed 25 percent of its
proof-test load.
3.04UTILITY COMPANY ELECTRICITY-METERING EQUIPMENT
A.Install equipment according to utility company's written requirements. Provide grounding and empty
conduits as required by utility company.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS16050-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.05FIRESTOPPING
A.Apply firestopping to cable and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to achieve
fire-resistance rating of the assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are
specified in Division7 Section "Firestopping."
3.06CONCRETE BASES
A.Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches(100mm)larger, in both
directions, than supported unit. Follow supported equipment manufacturer's anchorage
recommendations and setting templates for anchor-bolt and tie locations, unless otherwise indicated.
Use3000-psi(20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in
Division3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
3.07DEMOLITION
A.Protect existing electrical equipment and installations indicated to remain. If damaged or disturbed in
the course of the Work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality,
and functionality.
B.Accessible Work: Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations, indicated to be demolished,
in their entirety.
C.Abandoned Work: Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring, indicated to be abandoned in place, 2
inches(50 mm)below the surface of adjacent construction. Cap raceways and patch surface to match
existing finish.
D.Remove demolished material from Project site.
E.Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components indicated for relocation.
3.08CUTTING AND PATCHING
A.Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to permit
electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved.
B.Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed
surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and refinish
materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved.
3.09FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following:
1.Supporting devices for electrical components.
2.Electricity-metering components.
3.Concrete bases.
4.Electrical demolition.
5.Cutting and patching for electrical construction.
6.Touchup painting.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS16050-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.10REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING
A.Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree
of damage at each location.
B.Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and
application of successive coats.
C.Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.
D.Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by
manufacturer.
3.11CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove
burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris.
B.Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and
cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 16050
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS16050-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16060-GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding
requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of
systems described in other Sections.
1.03SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For the following:
1.Ground rods.
2.Grounding Connections
B.Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.
C.Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports to include the following:
1.Test procedures used.
2.Test results that comply with requirements.
3.Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply
with requirements.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA70, Article100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended use.
B.Comply with IEEE Standard 837 “IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connectors
used in Substation Grounding”
C.Comply with U.L. 467 “Standard for Grounding and Bonding Equipment” for direct burial
or embedment in concrete applications.
D.Comply with NFPA70 Article 250
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
GROUNDING AND BONDING16060-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.01MANUFACTURERS
A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.Grounding Conductors, Cables, Connectors, and Rods:
a.Apache Grounding/Erico Inc.
b.Boggs, Inc.
c.Chance/Hubbell.
d.Copperweld Corp.
e.Dossert Corp.
f.Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group.
g.FCI Burndy Products
h.Galvan Industries, Inc.
i.Harger Lightning Protection, Inc.
j.Hastings Fiber Glass Products, Inc.
k.Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Co.
l.Ideal Industries, Inc.
m.ILSCO.
n.Kearney/Cooper Power Systems.
o.Korns: C. C. Korns Co.; Division of Robroy Industries.
p.Lightning Master Corp.
q.Lyncole XIT Grounding.
r.O-Z/Gedney Co.; a business of the EGS Electrical Group.
s.Raco, Inc.; Division ofHubbell.
t.Robbins Lightning, Inc.
u.Salisbury: W. H. Salisbury & Co.
v.Superior Grounding Systems, Inc.
w.Thomas & Betts, Electrical.
x.Thompson Lightning Protection, Inc.
2.Exothermic Connections
a.Erico Products
b.Southern Grounding
3.High Pressure Compression Connections
a.FCI Burndy Products
2.02GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A.For insulated conductors, comply with Division16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
B.Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation.
C.Grounding Electrode Conductors(conductors to a groundrod): Stranded cable.
D.Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following:
1.Solid Conductors: ASTMB3.
2.Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTMB8.
GROUNDING AND BONDING16060-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.Tinned Conductors: ASTMB33.
E.Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section, with insulators.
2.03CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
A.Comply with IEEE837 and UL467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and
combinations of conductors and connected items.
B.ExothermicWelded Connectors: Exothermic-welded type, in kit form, and selected per
manufacturer's written instructions.
C.High Pressure Compression Connectors:
1.With associatedspecific dies
2.Comply with IEEE 837
3.As manufactured by Burndy “HYGROUND”
D.Structural Steel Connectors
1.With associated specific dies, and 2 bolt connections to a compression termination
on the incoming grounding conductor.
2.As manufactured by Burndy “GROUNDLINK”, with not less than 8 square inches
of contact surface per NFPA 780.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01APPLICATION
A.In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors.
B.Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for
underground connections.
C.Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clamps.
D.Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing
service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.
1.Use insulated spacer; space 1 inch(25.4 mm)from wall and support from wall 6
inches(150 mm)above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
2.At doors, route 4/0 bare copper conductor in 1” type PVC schedule 40 conduit in
or under slab to connect to bus.
3.02EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A.Install equipment grounding conductors in all feeders and circuits.
GROUNDING AND BONDING16060-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Signal and Communication Systems: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other
communication systems, provide No.4AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in
raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring
closet, and central equipment location.
1.Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding
conductor on a 1/4-by-2-by-12-inch(6.4-by-50-by-300-mm)grounding bus.
2.Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal.
3.03INSTALLATION
A.Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless
otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be
subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
B.Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration
isolation hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mountedequipment. Use
exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, unless a disconnect-type connection is
required; then, use a bolted clamp. Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not
to penetrate any adjacent parts. Install straps only in locations accessible for maintenance.
C.Metal Water Service Pipe: Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from
building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances
to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding
clamp connectors. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding
conductor to street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to
conductor at eachend.
D.Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters.
Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors.
E.Bond interior metal piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors
of associated pumps, fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Use braided-type
bonding straps.
F.Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system upstream from equipment shutoff
valve.
3.04CONNECTIONS
A.General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select
connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct
contact will be galvanically compatible.
1.Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to
make contact points closer to order of galvanic series.
2.Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.
3.Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical
clamps.
GROUNDING AND BONDING16060-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
4.Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections withtin-plated copper jumpers and
mechanical clamps.
5.Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent
future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
B.Exothermic-Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds
that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not
acceptable.
C.Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No.8AWG and larger, use pressure-
type grounding lugs. No.10AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated
with winged pressure-type connectors.
D.Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations: If metallic raceways terminate at metal housings
without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terminate each conduit with a
grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to
grounding bus or terminal in housing. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at
entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, unless
otherwise indicated.
E.Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to
manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not
indicated, use those specified in UL486A.
F.Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct
circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by
connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a
visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor.
G.Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or
grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of
insulation and cable.
3.05FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing:
1.After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has been
energized, test for compliance with requirements.
2.Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximumground-
resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and
at ground test wells. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after the
last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other
than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial
means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the fall-of-potential
method according to IEEE81.
3.Provide drawings locating each ground rod and ground rod assembly and other
grounding electrodes, identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the
record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth
GROUNDING AND BONDING16060-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may
affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results.
a.Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms.
b.Equipment Rated 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms.
c.Equipment Rated More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms.
d.Substations and Pad-Mounted Switching Equipment: 5 ohms.
e.Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms.
4.Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values,
notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground
resistance.
END OF SECTION 16060
GROUNDING AND BONDING16060-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16075-ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes electrical identification materials and devices required to comply with
ANSIC2, NFPA70, OSHA standards, and authorities having jurisdiction.
1.03SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Comply with ANSIC2.
B.Comply with NFPA70.
C.Comply with ANSIA13.1 and NFPA70 for color-coding.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS
A.Comply with ANSIA13.1, Table3, for minimum size of letters forlegend and for minimum
length of color field for each raceway and cable size.
1.Color: Black letters on orange field.
2.Legend: Indicates voltage and service.
B.Pretensioned, Wraparound Plastic Sleeves: Flexible, preprinted, color-coded, acrylic band
sized to suit the diameter of the line it identifies and arranged to stay in place by
pretensioned gripping action when placed in position.
C.Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers
and letters.
D.Aluminum, Wraparound Marker Bands: Bands cut from 0.014-inch-(0.4-mm-)thick
aluminum sheet, with stamped or embossed legend, and fitted with slots or ears for
permanently securing around wireor cable jacket or around groups of conductors.
E.Plasticized Card-Stock Tags: Vinyl cloth with preprinted and field-printed legends. Orange
background, unless otherwise indicated, with eyelet for fastener.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION16075-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
F.Aluminum-Faced, Card-Stock Tags: Weather-resistant, 18-point minimum card stock faced
on both sides with embossable aluminum sheet, 0.002 inch(0.05 mm)thick, laminated with
moisture-resistant acrylic adhesive, punched for fasteners, and preprinted with legends to
suit each application.
G.Brass or Aluminum Tags:2 by 2 by 0.05-inch(51 by 51 by 1.3-mm)metal tags with stamped
legend, punched for fastener.
2.02NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS
A.Safety Signs: Comply with 29CFR, ChapterXVII, Part1910.145.
B.Engraved Plastic Nameplates and Signs: Engraving stock, melamineplastic laminate,
minimum1/16 inch(1.6 mm)thick for signs up to 20 sq. in.(129 sq. cm)and1/8 inch(3.2
mm)thick for larger sizes.
1.Engraved legend with black letters on white face.
2.Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners.
C.Baked-Enamel Signs for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for
fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for the application.1/4-inch(6.4-mm)
grommets in corners for mounting.
D.Exterior, Metal-Backed, Butyrate Signs: Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose-
acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch(1-mm)galvanized-steel backing; and with colors,
legend, and size required for the application.1/4-inch(6.4-mm)grommets in corners for
mounting.
E.Fasteners for Nameplates and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or No.10/32,
stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
2.03MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A.Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, one-piece, self-locking, Type6/6 nylon cable
ties.
1.Minimum Width:3/16 inch(5 mm).
2.Tensile Strength:50 lb(22.3 kg)minimum.
3.Temperature Range:Minus 40 to plus 185 degF(Minus 40 to plus 85 degC).
4.Color: According to color-coding.
B.Paint: Formulated for the type of surface and intended use.
1.Primer for Galvanized Metal: Single-component acrylic vehicle formulated for
galvanized surfaces.
2.Primer for Concrete Masonry Units: Heavy-duty-resin block filler.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION16075-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.Primer for Concrete: Clear, alkali-resistant, binder-type sealer.
4.Enamel: Silicone-alkyd or alkydurethane as recommended by primer manufacturer.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSTALLATION
A.Identification Materials and Devices: Install at locations for most convenient viewing
without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
B.Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other
designations with corresponding designations in the Contract Documents or with those
required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project.
C.Sequence of Work: If identification is applied to surfaces that require finish, install
identification after completing finish work.
D.Install painted identification according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:
1.Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before painting.
2.Prime surfaces using type of primer specified for surface.
3.Apply one intermediate and one finish coat of enamel.
E.Color Banding Raceways and Exposed Cables: Band exposed and accessible raceways of the
systems listed below:
1.Bands: Pretensioned, wraparound plastic sleeves; colored adhesive tape; or a
combination of both. Make each color band 2 inches(51 mm)wide, completely
encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side
by side.
2.Band Locations: At changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-
foot(15-m)maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot(7.6-m)maximum
intervals in congested areas.
3.Apply the following colors to the systems listed below:
a.Fire Alarm System: Red.
b.Fire-Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow.
c.Combined Fire Alarm and Security System: Red and blue.
d.Security System: Blue and yellow.
e.Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue.
f.Telecommunication System: Green and yellow.
F.Caution Labels for Indoor Boxes and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Install pressure-
sensitive, self-adhesive labels identifying system voltage with black letters on orange
background. Install on exterior of door or cover.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION16075-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
G.Circuit Identification Labels on Boxes: Install labels externally.
1.Exposed Boxes: Pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive plastic label on cover.
2.Concealed Boxes: Plasticized card-stock tags.
3.Labeling Legend: Permanent, waterproof listing of panel and circuit number or
equivalent.
H.Color-Coding of Secondary Phase Conductors: Use the following colors for service feeder
and branch-circuit phase conductors:
1.208/120-V Conductors:
a.Phase A: Black.
b.Phase B: Red.
c.Phase C: Blue.
d.Neutral: White
2.480/277-V Conductors:
a.Phase A: Brown.
b.Phase B: Orange.
c.Phase C: Yellow.
d.Neutral: Gray
3.Factory apply color the entire length of conductors, except the following field-
applied, color-coding methods may be used instead of factory-coded wire for sizes
larger than No.10AWG:
a.Colored, pressure-sensitive plastic tape in half-lapped turns for a distance of
6 inches(150 mm)from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps
are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible
unwinding. Use 1-inch-(25-mm-)wide tape in colors specified. Adjust
tape bands to avoid obscuring cable identification markings.
b.Colored cable ties applied in groups of three ties of specified color to each
wire at each terminal or splice point starting 3 inches(76 mm)from the
terminal and spaced 3 inches(76 mm)apart. Apply with a special tool or
pliers, tighten to a snug fit, and cut off excess length.
I.Power-Circuit Identification: Metal tags or aluminum, wraparound marker bands for cables,
feeders, and power circuits in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and switchboard
rooms.
1.Legend:1/4-inch-(6.4-mm-)steel letter and number stamping or embossing with
legend corresponding to indicated circuit designations.
2.Tag Fasteners: Nylon cable ties.
3.Band Fasteners: Integral ears.
J.Apply identification to conductors as follows:
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION16075-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers.
2.Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each
conductor with source, voltage, circuit number, and phase. Use color-coding to
identify circuits' voltage and phase.
3.Multiple Control and Communication Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each
conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use a consistent system of tags,
color-coding, or cable marking tape.
K.Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs as follows:
1.Warnings, Cautions, and Instructions: Install to ensure safe operation and
maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install
engraved plastic-laminated instruction signs with approved legend where
instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. Install metal-backed
butyrate signs for outdoor items.
2.EmergencyOperation: Install engraved laminated signs with white legend on red
background with minimum 3/8-inch-(9-mm-)high lettering for emergency
instructions on power transfer, load shedding, and other emergency operations.
L.Equipment Identification Labels: Engraved plastic laminate. Install on each unit of
equipment, including central or master unit of each system. This includes power, lighting,
communication, signal, and alarm systems, unless units are specified with their own self-
explanatory identification. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-
inch-(13-mm-)high lettering on 1-1/2-inch-(38-mm-)high label; where two lines of text are
required, use labels 2 inches(50 mm)high. Use white lettering on black field. Apply labels
for each unit of the following categories of equipment using mechanical fasteners:
1.Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures.
2.Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.
3.Electrical switchboards.
4.Optional Standby system boxes and enclosures.
5.Disconnect switches.
6.Enclosed circuit breakers.
7.Motor starters.
8.Push-button stations.
9.Power transfer equipment.
10.Contactors.
11.Remote-controlled switches.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION16075-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
12.Control devices.
13.Transformers.
14.Battery racks.
15.Telephone switching equipment.
16.Fire alarm master stationor control panel.
17.Security-monitoring master station or control panel.
END OF SECTION 16075
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION16075-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16080-ELECTRICAL TESTING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes general requirements for electrical field testing and inspecting.
Detailed requirements are specified in each Section containing components that require
testing. General requirements include the following:
1.Qualifications of testing agencies and their personnel.
2.Suitability of test equipment.
3.Calibration of test instruments.
4.Coordination requirements for testing and inspecting.
5.Reporting requirements for testing and inspecting.
1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Testing Agency Qualifications: As specified in each Section containing electrical testing
requirements and in subparagraph and associated subparagraph below.
B.Test Equipment Suitability: Comply with NETAATS, Section5.2.
C.Test Equipment Calibration: Comply with NETAATS, Section5.3.
PART 2 -NOT USED
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01GENERAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A.If a group of tests are specified to be performed by an independent testing agency, prepare
systems, equipment, and components for tests and inspections, and perform preliminary
tests to ensure that systems, equipment, and components are ready for independent agency
testing. Include the following minimum preparations as appropriate:
1.Perform insulation-resistance tests.
2.Perform continuity tests.
ELECTRICAL TESTING16080-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.Performrotation test (for motors to be tested).
4.Provide a stable source of single-phase, 208/120-V electrical power for test
instrumentation at each test location.
B.Test and Inspection Reports: In addition to requirements specified elsewhere, report the
following:
1.Manufacturer's written testing and inspecting instructions.
2.Calibration and adjustment settings of adjustable and interchangeable devices
involved in tests.
3.Tabulation of expected measurement results made before measurements.
4.Tabulation of "as-found" and"as-left" measurement and observation results.
END OF SECTION 16080
ELECTRICAL TESTING16080-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16120-CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and
terminations for wiring systems rated 600V and less.
1.03SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.Field Quality-Control Test Reports: From Contractor.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA70, Article100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended use.
B.Comply with NFPA70.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS
A.In other Part2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
manufacturers specified.
2.02CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A.Manufacturers:
1.American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company.
2.Essex Group
3.General Cable Corporation.
4.Rome Cable Corporation
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES16120-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
5.Senator Wire & Cable Company.
6.Southwire Company.
B.Refer to Part3 "Conductor and Insulation Applications" Article for insulation type, cable
construction, and ratings.
C.Conductor Material: Copper complying with NEMAWC5or 7; solid conductor for
No.12 AWG and smaller, stranded for No.10 AWG and larger.
D.Conductor Insulation Types: TypeTHW THHN-THWN XHHW USE and SO complying
with NEMAWC5 or 7.
E.Multiconductor Cable: Metal-clad cable, TypeMC TypeSO and TypeUSE with ground
wire.
1.Where MC cable is utilized, provide anti-short bushings at all locations in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
2.03CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A.Manufacturers:
1.AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
2.AMP Incorporated/Tyco International.
3.FCI/Burndy Products
4.Hubbell/Anderson.
5.Ilsco Corporation
6.O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC.
7.3M Company; Electrical Products Division.
B.Connectors
1.Connectors shall be factory-fabricated connectors of size, ampacity rating, material,
type, and class for application and service indicated.
2.Connectors shall be of the following types:
a.Solderless, uninsulatedhigh conductivity, corrosion resistant, compression
connectors conforming to UL 467
b.Insulated, indenter-type compression butt connectors
c.Insulated, integral self-locking flexible shell, expandable spring connectors
d.Uninsulated, indenter-type compression pigtail connectors
e.Welded-type connectors
C.Terminals:
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES16120-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Terminals shall be factory-fabricated connectors of size, ampacity rating, material,
type, and class for application and service indicated.
2.Terminals shall be of the following types:
a.Solderless, uninsulated, high conductivity, corrosion resistant, compression
terminals conforming to UL 467 and IEEE 837
b.Insulated, compression terminals
c.Solderless, high-conductivity, corrosion resistant, hex screw type, bolted
terminals
d.Welded type terminals
2.04Other Splicing and Terminating Equipment
A.Shrinkable Tubing
1.Subject to compliance with requirements of this Section, provide shrinkable tubing
of the following types:
a.Either irradiated modified polyvinyl chloride or irradiated modified
polyolefin heat shrinkable tubing.
b.Cold shrinkable tubing.
B.Tapes and Sealers
1.Vinyl Tapes shall be Flame-retardant, cold and weather-resistant, 3/4 inch or 1 1/2
inches wide, as required, and conforming to UL 510 and ASTM D 3005.
a.For interior, dry location, provide 7 mils, conforming to ASTM D3005
(Type I); Scotch (3M) No. 33, or approved equal.
b.For exterior or damp and wet locations, provide 8.5 mils, conforming to
ASTM D 3005 (Type II); Scotch (3M) No. 88, or approved equal.
2.Rubber Tapes shall be Ethylene-propylene, rubber-based, 30-mil splicing tape, rated
?
for 130C operation; 3/4 inch and wider conforming to ASTM D 1373 and Federal
Specification HH-I-553 (Grade A); Scotch (3M) No. 130C, or approved equal.
C.Insulating Putty
1.Insulating putty shall be rubber-based, 125-mil elastic filler putty; 1 1/2 inches wide;
Scotch (3M) Scotchfil, or approved equal.
D.Silicone Rubber Tapes
?
1.Silicone Rubber Tapes shall be inorganic silicone rubber, 12-mil, 130C rated, anti-
tracking, self-fusing tape; 1 inch wide, Scotch (3M) No. 70, or approved equal.
E.Sealer
1.Sealer shall be liquid applied, fast-drying sealant; Scotch (3M) Scotchkote, or
approved equal.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES16120-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.01CONDUCTOR AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS
A.Service Entrance: TypeTHHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.
B.Exposed Feeders: TypeTHHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.
C.Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: TypeTHHN-THWN, single
conductors in raceway.
D.Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade: TypeTHHN-THWN, single
conductors in raceway.
E.Exposed Branch Circuits: TypeTHHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.
F.Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: TypeTHHN-THWN, single
conductors in raceway orMetal-clad cable, TypeMC.
G.Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete and below Slabs-on-Grade: TypeTHHN-THWN,
single conductors in raceway.
H.Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: TypeSO, hard service cord.
I.Class1 Control Circuits: TypeTHHN-THWN, in raceway.
J.Class2 Control Circuits: TypeTHHN-THWN, in raceway.
3.02INSTALLATION
A.Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated.
B.Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound
used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's
recommended maximum pulling tensionsand sidewall pressure values.
C.Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that
will not damage cables or raceway.
D.Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members,
andfollow surface contours where possible.
E.Support cables according to Division16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
F.Seal around cables penetrating fire-rated elements according to Division7 Section
"Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."
G.Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division16 Section " Electrical
Identification."
3.03CONNECTIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES16120-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL486A and UL486B.
B.Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess
equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.
C.Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches(150 mm)of slack.
D.Splicing
1.Splicing and terminating shall be as specified in this Section. Details of special
splicing and terminating shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. Any splicing
or terminating methods other than those specified below, for which the
components are in accordance with the requirements of this Section, shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval
2.General Purpose Wires and Cables
a.Splices in dry locations for sizes #10 and smaller shall use one of the
following:
1)Insulated, integral, self-locking flexible shell, expandable spring
connectors shall be applied to the twisted conductors. Two, half-
lapped layers of vinyl tape, extending to a distance of not less than
one inch from the connector, shall be applied.
2)Compression type, insulated butt connectors shall be applied to the
butted conductors by means of an appropriate crimping tool,
providing controlled indentation. Two, half-lapped layers of vinyl
tape, extending toa distance of not less than one inch from the
connector, shall be applied.
3)Compression type, pigtail connectors shall be applied to the
conductors by means of an appropriate crimping tool, providing
controlled indentation. The connector shall be covered with a
polyamide cap and two, half-lapped layers of vinyl tape, extending
to a distance of not less than one inch from the connector, shall be
.
applied
b.Splices in dry locations for sizes #8 and larger shall use all of the following:
1)Connectors shall be split sleeve solderless type or solderless
compression type.
2)Fill indents of connectors with Scotchfil.
3)Apply rubber splicing tape equal to the original insulation rating.
4)Apply two, half-lapped layers of vinyl tape, or a shrinkable tubing
c.Splices in wet locations for all sizes
1)Same as dry location specified above, with two coats of sealer or
shrinkable tubing over the vinyl tape
E.Terminations
1.Terminations in dry locations for sizes #10 and smaller shall be with compression
terminals, insulated or uninsulated
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES16120-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.Terminations in dry locations for sizes #8 AWG through #3/0 AWG shall be either
solderless uninsulated compression crimp type ring tongue terminals or bolted hex
screw type ring tongue lugs.
3.Terminations in dry locations for sizes #4/0 AWG and larger shall be solderless,
uninsulated compression crimp type ring tongue terminals.
4.Terminations in wet locations shall be as dry location terminations above, plus cover
the entire termination area with two, half-lapped layers of vinyl tape and apply two
coats of sealer over the tape.
3.04FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing:
1.After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been
energized, testfor compliance with requirements.
2.Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in
NETAATS, Section7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters.
B.Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:
1.Test procedures used.
2.Test results that comply with requirements.
3.Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to
achieve compliance with requirements.
END OF SECTION 16120
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES16120-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16130-RACEWAYS AND BOXES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring.
B.Related Sections include the following:
1.Division7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for firestopping
materials and installation at penetrations through walls, ceilings, and other fire-rated
elements.
2.Division16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for supports, anchors,
and identification products.
3.Division16 Section "Wiring Devices" for devices installed in boxes and for floor-
box service fittings.
1.03DEFINITIONS
A.EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.
B.FMC: Flexible metal conduit.
C.IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.
D.LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
E.RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.
F.RGS: Rigid Steel Conduit
1.04SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover
enclosures, and cabinets.
B.Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details of components for raceways,
fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets.
1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE
RACEWAYS AND BOXES16130-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA70, Article100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended use.
B.Comply with NFPA70.
1.06COORDINATION
A.Coordinate layout and installation of raceways, boxes, enclosures, cabinets, and suspension
system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including
light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS
A.In other Part2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
manufacturers specified.
2.02General
A.Interior Outlet Boxes
1.Boxes shall be 4” square, minimum 2 1/8” deep, for up to two devices.
2.Provide single gang tile ring as requiredfor single device applications.
B.Exterior Outlet Boxes
1.Provide corrosion-resistant, cast metal, weatherproof outlet box of types, shapes,
sizes, depths as required for respective location.
2.For recessed in exterior wall application, provide galvanized sheetsteel boxes with
suitable depth.
2.03METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
A.Manufacturers:
1.AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
2.Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose.
3.Electri-Flex Co.
4.Grinnell Co./Tyco International; Allied Tube and Conduit Div.
5.LTV Steel Tubular Products Company.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES16130-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
6.Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex.
7.O-Z Gedney; Unit of General Signal.
8.Wheatland Tube Co.
B.Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSIC80.1, UL-6 listed.
C.IMC: ANSIC80.6, UL-1424 listed
D.EMT and Fittings: ANSIC80.3, UL-797 listed
1.Fittings:Steel set-screw or compressiontype.
E.FMC:Zinc-coated steel, UL-1
F.LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket, UL-360 listed
1.Fittings: NEMAFB1; compatible with conduit and tubing materials.
2.04NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING
A.Manufacturer:
1.American International.
2.Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose.
3.Arnco Corp.
4.Cantex Inc.
5.Certainteed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group.
6.Condux International.
7.ElecSYS, Inc.
8.Electri-Flex Co.
9.Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
10.Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex.
11.RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc.
12.Spiralduct, Inc./AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
13.Thomas & Betts Corporation.
B.RNC: NEMATC2, Schedule40 and Schedule80 PVC.
C.RNC Fittings: NEMATC3; match to conduit or tubing type and material.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES16130-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.LFNC: UL1660.
2.05METALWIREWAYS
A.Manufacturers:
1.Hoffman.
2.SquareD.
B.Material and Construction: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA1.
C.Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters,
hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required
for complete system.
D.Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to
comply with NFPA70.
E.Wireway Covers:As indicated.
F.Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.
2.06SURFACE RACEWAYS
A.Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Finish with manufacturer's
standard prime coating.
1.Manufacturers:
a.Airey-Thompson Sentinel Lighting; Wiremold Company (The).
b.Thomas & Betts Corporation.
c.Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The).
d.Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division.
B.Surface Nonmetallic Raceways: Two-piece construction, manufactured of rigid PVC
compound with matte texture and manufacturer's standardcolor.
1.Manufacturers:
a.Butler Manufacturing Co.; Walker Division.
b.Enduro Composite Systems.
c.Hubbell, Inc.; Wiring Device Division.
d.Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
e.Panduit Corp.
f.Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The).
g.Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division.
C.Types, sizes, and channels as indicated and required for each application, with fittings that
match and mate with raceways.
2.07BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES16130-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Manufacturers:
1.Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc.
2.Emerson/General Signal; Appleton Electric Company.
3.Erickson Electrical Equipment Co.
4.Hoffman.
5.Hubbell, Inc.; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co.
6.O-Z/Gedney; Unit of General Signal.
7.RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc.
8.Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division.
9.Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet-PLM Division.
10.Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co.
11.Thomas & Betts Corporation.
12.Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The).
13.Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary.
B.General
1.Interior Outlet Boxes
a.Boxes shall be 4” square, minimum 2 1/8” deep, for up to two devices.
b.Provide single gang tile ring as required for single device applications.
2.Exterior Outlet Boxes
a.Provide corrosion-resistant, cast metal, weatherproof outlet box of types,
shapes, sizes, depths as required for respective location.
b.For recessed in exterior wall application, provide galvanized sheet steel
boxes with suitable depth.
C.Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMAOS1.
D.Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMAFB1, TypeFD, with gasketed cover.
E.Floor Boxes: Cast metal, fully adjustable, rectangular.
F.Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMAOS1.
G.Cast-Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMAFB1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover.
H.Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA250, Type1, with continuous hinge cover and flush
latch.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES16130-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard
enamel.
I.Cabinets: NEMA250, Type1, galvanized steel box with removable interior panel and removable
front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. Hinged door in front
cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Key latch to match panelboards. Include metal
barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage and include accessory feet where
required for freestandingequipment.
2.08FACTORY FINISHES
A.Finish: For raceway, enclosure, or cabinet components, provide manufacturer's standard
prime-coat finish ready for field painting.
B.Finish: For raceway, enclosure, or cabinet components, provide manufacturer's standard
paint applied to factory-assembled surface raceways, enclosures, and cabinets before
shipping.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01RACEWAY APPLICATION
A.Outdoors:
1.Exposed: Rigid steel or IMC.
2.Concealed: Rigid steel or IMC.
3.Underground, Single Run: RNC.
4.Underground, Grouped: RNC.
5.Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic,
Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC.
6.Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA250, Type4.
B.Indoors:
1.Exposed:RGS.
2.Concealed:EMT.
3.Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic,
Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC; except use
LFMC in damp or wet locations.
4.Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit.
5.Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA250, Type1, except as follows:
a.Damp or Wet Locations: NEMA250, Type4,stainless steel.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES16130-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
C.Minimum Raceway Size:3/4-inch trade size(DN21).
D.Raceway Fittings:Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.
1.Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless
otherwise indicated.
2.EMT: Use compression or steel set screw fittings.
3.02INSTALLATION
A.Keep raceways at least 6 inches(150 mm)away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-
water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
B.Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
C.Support raceways as specified in Division16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and
Methods."
D.Install temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways.
E.Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs.Arrange so curved
portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab.
F.Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and
keep straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.
G.Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise
indicated.
1.Install concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical
distance, considering type of building construction and obstructions, unless
otherwise indicated.
H.Installexposed raceways parallel or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members
and follow surface contours as much as possible.
1.Run parallel or banked raceways together on common supports.
2.Make parallel bends in parallel or banked runs. Use factoryelbows only where
elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends for parallel raceways.
I.Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for that purpose and make joints tight.
1.Use insulating bushings to protect conductors.
J.Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tools.
K.Terminations:
RACEWAYS AND BOXES16130-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceways to enter
squarely and install locknuts with dished part against box. Use two locknuts, one
inside and one outside box.
2.Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings
tightly into hub so end bears against wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples
are used, align raceways so coupling is square to box; tighten chase nipple so no
threads are exposed.
L.Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with
not less than 200-lb(90-kg)tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches(300 mm)of slack at
each end of pull wire.
M.Telephone and Signal System Raceways, 2-Inch Trade Size(DN 53)and Smaller: In
addition to above requirements, install raceways in maximum lengths of 150 feet(45 m)and
with a maximum of two 90-degreebends or equivalent. Separate lengths with pull or
junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements.
N.Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them
with UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel
box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces.
Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points:
1.Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of
refrigerated spaces.
2.Where otherwise required by NFPA70.
O.Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to
freestanding equipment. Installwith an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs
set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; FMC
may be used 6inches(150mm)above the floor. Install screwdriver-operated, threaded
plugs flush with floor for future equipment connections.
P.Flexible Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches(1830 mm)of flexible conduit for
recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures; for equipment subject to vibration, noise
transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations.
Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections.
Q.Surface Raceways: Install a separate, green, ground conductor in raceways from junction
box supplying raceways to receptacle or fixture ground terminals.
R.Install hinged-cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner.
3.03PROTECTION
A.Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets
are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
1.Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES16130-8
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.04CLEANING
A.After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished raceways and boxes, inspect
exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes.
END OF SECTION 16130
RACEWAYS AND BOXES16130-9
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16140-WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes the following:
1.Single and duplex receptacles.
2.Single-and double-pole snap switches.
3.Device wall plates.
4.Service poles.
1.03DEFINITIONS
A.GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
B.PVC: Polyvinyl chloride.
1.04SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for
premarking wall plates.
C.Field quality-control test reports.
1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device through one source from a single
manufacturer.
B.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA70, Article100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended use.
C.Comply with NFPA70.
1.06COORDINATION
A.Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations.
WIRING DEVICES16140-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.
1.07EXTRA MATERIALS
A.Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.Service/Power Poles:One for every 10, but no fewer than one.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS
A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.Wiring Devices:
a.Bryant Electric, Inc.
b.Cooper Wiring Devices
c.Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems.
d.Leviton Mfg. Company Inc.
e.Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.
2.Power Poles:
a.Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems.
b.Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.
c.Square D/Groupe Schneider NA.
d.Thomas & Betts Corporation.
e.Wiremold Company (The).
2.02RECEPTACLES
A.Straight-Blade-Type Receptacles: Comply with NEMAWD1, NEMAWD6, DSCCW-C-
596G, and UL498. Device shall be side and back wired, suitable for up to and including
#10 branch circuit conductors.
1.Bryant 5362
2.Cooper Wiring Devices 5362
3.Hubbell HBL 5362
4.Leviton 5362
5.Pass & Seymore PS5362
B.Locking Receptacles:Heavy-Duty grade.
2.03PENDANT CORD/CONNECTOR DEVICES
WIRING DEVICES16140-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Description: Matching, locking-type plug and receptacle body connector, NEMAWD6,
ConfigurationsL5-20P and L5-20R, Heavy-Duty grade.
1.Body: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for attaching
external cable grip.
2.External Cable Grip: Woven wire-mesh type made of high-strength galvanized-steel
wire strand, matched to cable diameter, and with attachment provision designed for
corresponding connector.
2.04CORD AND PLUG SETS
A.Description: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to requirements
of equipment being connected.
1.Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded-copper conductors, with TypeSOW-A jacket;
with green-insulated grounding conductor and equipment-rating ampacity plus a
minimum of 30 percent.
2.Plug: Nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match cord and receptacle type
for connection.
2.05SWITCHES
A.Single Pole Switches: Comply with DSCC W-C-896E and UL20. Device shall be sideand
back wired, suitable for up to and including #10 branch circuit conductors.
1.Bryant 4901
2.Cooper Wiring Devices 2221
3.Hubbell HBL1221
4.Leviton 1221-1
5.Pass & Seymore 20AC1
B.Three Way Switches: Comply with DSCC W-C-896E and UL20. Device shall be side and
back wired, suitable for up to and including #10 branch circuit conductors.
1.Bryant 4903
2.Cooper Wiring Devices 2223
3.Hubbell HBL1223
4.Leviton 1223-1
5.Pass & Seymore 20AC3
2.06WALL PLATES
A.Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices.
WIRING DEVICES16140-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish.
2.Material for Finished Spaces:high-impact nylon.
3.Material for Unfinished Spaces:painted steel-gray.
4.Material for Wet Locations:Cast aluminumwith spring-loaded lift cover, and listed
and labeled for use in "wet locations."
2.07SERVICE POLES
A.Description: Factory-assembled and -wired units to extend power and voice and data
communication from distribution wiring concealed in ceiling to devices or outlets in pole
near floor.
1.Poles: Nominal 2.5-inch-(65-mm-)square cross section, with height adequate to
extend from floor to at least 6 inches(150 mm)above ceiling, and with separate
channels for power wiring and voice and data communication cabling.
2.Mounting: Ceiling trim flange with concealed bracing arranged for positive
connection to ceiling supports; with pole foot and carpet pad attachment.
3.Finishes:Manufacturer's standard painted finish and trim combination.
4.Wiring: Sized for minimum of five No.12AWG power and ground conductors;
and a minimum of four, 4-pair, Category3 or 5 voice and data communication
cablesper work station.
2.08FINISHES
A.Color:
1.Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System:As selected by Architect,
unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA70.
2.Wiring Devices Connected to UPS system:Orange.
3.All other devices: Ivory.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSTALLATION
A.Install devices and assemblies level, plumb, and square with building lines
B.Comply with NECA1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless
otherwise noted.
C.Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension
vertical, and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under
single, multigang wall plates.
WIRING DEVICES16140-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.Remove wall plates and protect devices and assemblies during painting.
E.Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions
and furnishings.
3.02IDENTIFICATION
A.Comply with Division16 Section " Electrical Identification."
1.Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot,
stamped or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate,
and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.
3.03CONNECTIONS
A.Ground equipment according to Division16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
B.Connect wiring according to Division16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
C.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tighteningvalues. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL486A and UL486B.
3.04FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1.After installing wiring devices and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test
for proper polarity, ground continuity, and compliance with requirements.
B.Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above.
END OF SECTION 16140
WIRING DEVICES16140-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16264-STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes three-phase, on-line, static-type, UPS installations, complete with
transient voltage surge suppression, input harmonics reduction, rectifier-charger, battery,
battery disconnect device, inverter, static bypass transfer switch, internal maintenance
bypass/isolation switch,output isolation transformer,remote UPS monitoring provisions.
1.03DEFINITIONS
A.EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
B.LCD: Liquid-crystal display.
C.LED: Light-emitting diode.
D.THD: Total harmonic distortion.
E.UPS: Uninterruptible power supply.
F.On-line:The inverter is always “on” supplying current to the load.
1.04SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: Include data on features, components, ratings, and performance for each
uninterruptible power supply component indicated.
B.Shop Drawings: Detail assemblies of equipment indicating dimensions, weights,
components, and location and identification of each field connection. Show access,
workspace, and clearance requirements; details of control panels; and battery arrangement.
1.Wiring Diagrams: Detail internal and interconnecting wiring; and power, signal, and
control wiring. Differentiate between field-installed and factory-installed wiring and
components.
C.Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that they comply with
requirements.
D.Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.
E.Factory Test Reports: Comply with specified requirements.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
F.Field Test Reports: Indicate test results compared with specified performance requirements,
and provide justification and resolution of differences if values do not agree.
G.Maintenance Data: For UPS units to include in maintenance manuals specified in
Division1. Include the following:
1.Lists of spare parts and replacement components recommended being stored at
Project site for ready access.
2.Detailed operating instructions covering operation under both normal andabnormal
conditions.
H.Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is an authorized representative of UPS
manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.
B.Power Quality Consultant Qualifications: A registered professional electrical engineer or
engineering technician, currently certified by the National Institute for Certification in
Engineering Technologies, NICET level4, minimum, experienced in functional
performance testing UPS installations and in performing power quality surveys similar to
that required in Part3 "Functional Performance Testing" Article.
C.Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm who maintains a service center capable of providing
training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs for equipment at Project site with
fourmaximum response time.
D.Source Limitations: Obtain the UPS and associated components specified in this Section
from a single manufacturer with responsibility for entire UPS installation.
E.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA70, Article100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended location and application.
1.UPS Units: Listed and labeled under UL1778.
2.Mark UPS components as suitable for installation in computer rooms according to
NFPA75.
1.06DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.Deliver equipment in fully enclosed vehicles after specified environmental conditions have
been permanently established in spaces where equipment is to be placed.
B.Store equipment in spaces with environments controlled within manufacturers' ambient
temperature and humidity tolerances for nonoperating equipment.
1.07WARRANTY
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Warranties, General: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of
other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall
be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under
requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.Provide warranty of 1 year 100%, 9 year pro-rata.
2.Special Warranty Period:Twoyears from date of Substantial Completion.
1.08EXTRA MATERIALS
A.Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storageand identified with labels describing contents. Deliver
extra materials to Owner.
1.Fuses: One for every 10 of each type and rating, but not less than 1 of each.
2.Cabinet Ventilation Filters: One complete set.
3.One sparecircuit board for each critical circuit.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS
A.Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
B.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.Liebert Corp.
2.02FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
A.UPS shall be 480/3/60 Input to 208Y/120/3/60 Output. UPS shall be Liebert
#37SA100AOC6E Module with #37BP100XMJ1BNR Battery Cabinet. UPS shall have
internal network card option for off site status monitoring.
2.03SERVICE CONDITIONS
A.Environmental Conditions: UPS shall be capable of operating continuously in the following
environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of
operating capability, except battery performance.
1.Ambient Temperature for Electronic Components:32 to 104 degF(0 to 40 degC).
2.Ambient Temperature for Battery: 77degF, +/-9 deg F.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent, noncondensing.
4.Altitude: Sea level to 4000 feet(1220 m).
B.Generator
1.The UPS, will receive power from a generator when utility power is unavailable.
The UPS shall recognize the inherent shortcomings for generator power, such as
slight variations in frequency, voltage, etc and not “dump” an operating generator
source of power.
2.04PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.UPS shall perform as specified in this Article while supplying rated full-load current,
composed of any combination of linear and nonlinear load, up to 100 percent nonlinear load
with a load crest factor of 3.0, under the following conditions or combinations of the
following conditions:
1.Inverter is switched to battery source.
2.Steady-state ac input voltage deviates up to plusor minus 10 percent from nominal
voltage.
3.Steady-state input frequency deviates up to plus or minus 5 percent from nominal
frequency.
4.THD of input voltage is 15 percent or more with a minimum crest factor of 3.0, and
the largest single harmonic component is a minimum of 5 percent of the
fundamental value.
5.Load is 30percent unbalanced continuously.
B.Minimum Duration of Supply: If battery is sole energy source supplying UPS-rated full-
output load current at 80 percent power factor, duration of supply is 5minutes.
C.Input Voltage Tolerance: System steady-state and transient output performance remains
within specified tolerances when steady-state ac input voltage varies plus 10,minus 20
percent from nominal voltage.
D.Maximum Energizing Inrush Current:Sixtimes the full-load current.
E.Maximum AC Output-Voltage Regulation for Loads up to 50 Percent Unbalanced: Plus or
minus 2 percent over the full range of battery voltage.
F.Output Frequency: 60 Hz, plus or minus 0.5 percent over the full range of input voltage,
load, and battery voltage.
G.Limitation of harmonic distortion of input current to the UPS shall be as follows:
1.Description: Either a tuned harmonic filter or an arrangement of rectifier-charger
circuits shalllimit THD to 10percent, maximum, at full-rated UPS load current, for
power sources with X/R ratio between 2 and 30.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.Description: THD is limited to a maximum of 32 percent, at full-rated UPS load
current, for power sources with X/R ratio between 2 and 30.
H.Maximum Harmonic Content of Output-Voltage Waveform: 5 percent RMS total and 3
percent RMS for any single harmonic, for 100 percent rated nonlinear load current with a
load crest factor of 3.0.
I.Maximum Harmonic Content of Output-Voltage Waveform: 5 percent RMS total and 3 percent
RMS for any single harmonic for rated full load with THD up to 50 percent, with a load
crest factor of 3.0.
J.Minimum Overload Capacity of UPS at Rated Voltage: 125 percent of full-load rating for 10
minutes, and 150 percent for 10 seconds in all operating modes.
K.Maximum Output-Voltage Transient Excursions from Rated Value: For the following
instantaneous load changes, stated as percentages of rated full UPS load, voltage shall remain
within stated percentages of rated value and recover to, and remain within, plus or minus 1
percent of that value within 50 ms:
1.50 Percent: Plus or minus 8 percent.
2.100Percent: Plus or minus 10 percent.
3.Loss of AC Input Power: Plus or minus 1 percent.
4.Restoration of AC Input Power: Plus or minus 1 percent.
L.Input Power Factor: A minimum of 0.90 lagging when supply voltage and current are at
nominal rated values and UPS is supplying rated full-load current.
M.EMI Emissions: Comply with FCC Rules and Regulations, 47 CFR15 for ClassA
equipment.
2.05SYSTEM COMPONENTS, GENERAL
A.Electronic Equipment: Solid-state devices using hermetically sealed, semiconductor
elements. Devices include rectifier-charger, inverter, static bypass transfer switch, and
system controls.
B.Enclosures: Comply with NEMA250, Type1, unless otherwise indicated.
C.Control Assemblies: Mount on modular plug-ins, readily accessible for maintenance.
D.Surge Suppression: Protect internal UPS components from surges that enter at each ac
power input connection including main disconnect, static bypass transfer switch. Protect
rectifier-charger, inverter, controls, and output components.
1.Use factory-installed surge suppressors tested according to IEEEC62.41.
2.Additional Surge Protection: Protect internal UPS components from low-
frequency, high-energy voltage surges described in IEEEC62.41. Design the
circuits connecting with external power sources and select circuit elements,
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
conductors, conventional surge suppressors, and rectifier components and controls
so input assemblies will have adequate mechanical strength and thermaland current-
carrying capacity to withstand stresses imposed by 40-Hz, 180 percent voltage
surges described in IEEEC62.41.
E.Maintainability Features: Mount rectifier-charger and inverter sections and static bypass
transfer switch on modular plug-ins, readily accessible for maintenance.
F.Capacity Upgrade Capability: Arrange wiring, controls, and modular component plug-in
provisions to permit future 25percent increase in UPS capacity.
G.Seismic-Restraint Design: UPS assemblies, subassemblies, and components; and fastenings
and supports, mounting, and anchorage devices for them, shall bedesigned and fabricated to
withstand static and seismic forces in any direction.
H.UPS Cabinet Ventilation: Redundant fans or blowers draw in ambient air near the bottom
of the cabinet and discharge it near the top rear.
I.Retain below for a UPS with heavy nonlinear loading.
J.Output Circuit Neutral Bus, Conductor, and Terminal Ampacity: Rated phase current times a
multiple of 1.73, minimum.
2.06RECTIFIER-CHARGER
A.Capacity: Adequate to supply the inverter during full-rated output load conditions and
simultaneouslyrecharge the battery from fully discharged condition to 95 percent of full
charge within 10 times the rated discharge time for duration of supply under battery power
at full load.
B.Output Ripple: Limited by output filtration to less than 0.5 percent of rated current, peak to
peak.
C.Rectifier-Charger Control Circuits: Immune to frequency variations within rated frequency
ranges of normal and emergency power sources.
1.Response Time: Field adjustable for maximum compatibility with local generator-
set power source.
D.Battery Float-Charging Conditions: Comply with battery manufacturer's written instructions
for battery terminal voltage and charging current required for maximum battery life.
2.07INVERTER
A.Description: Pulse-width modulated, with sinusoidal output.
B.Description: Pulse-width modulated, with sinusoidal output. Include a bypass phase
synchronization window adjustment to optimize compatibility with local engine-generator-
set power source.
2.08STATIC BYPASS TRANSFER SWITCH
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Description: Solid-state switching device providing uninterrupted transfer.
B.Switch Rating: Continuous duty at the rated full-load current of the UPS, minimum.
2.09BATTERY
A.Description: Sealed, valve-regulated, recombinant, lead-calcium units, factory assembled in
an isolated compartment of UPS cabinet, and complete with battery disconnect switch.
B.Description: Sealed, premium, heavy-duty, valve-regulated, recombinant, lead-calcium units,
factory assembled in an isolated compartment or in a separate matching cabinet, complete
with battery disconnectswitch.
1.Arrange for drawout removal of battery assembly from cabinet for test and
inspection.
C.Description: Wet-cell, lead-calcium, heavy-duty industrial units in styrene acrylonitrile
containers mounted on three-tier, acid-resistant, painted steel racks. Assembly includes a
battery disconnect switch, intercell connectors, a hydrometer syringe, and a thermometer
with specific gravity-correction scales.
2.10UPS CONTROL AND INDICATION
A.Description: Group displays, indications, and basic system controls on a common control
panel on front of UPS enclosure.
B.Minimum displays, indicating devices, and controls include those in lists below. Provide
sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and wiring required to support listed items. Alarms
include an audible signal and a visual display.
C.Indications:Labeled LED
1.Quantitative indications shall include the following:
a.Input voltage, each phase, line to line.
b.Input current, each phase, line to line.
c.Bypass input voltage, each phase, line to line.
d.Bypass input frequency.
e.System output voltage, each phase, line to line.
f.System output current, each phase.
g.System output frequency.
h.DC bus voltage.
i.Battery current and direction (charge/discharge).
j.Elapsed time-discharging battery.
2.Basic status condition indications shall include the following:
a.Normal operation.
b.Load-on bypass.
c.Load-on battery.
d.Inverter off.
e.Alarm condition exists.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.Alarm indications shall include the following:
a.Bypass ac input overvoltage or undervoltage.
b.Bypass ac input overfrequency or underfrequency.
c.Bypass ac input and inverter out of synchronization.
d.Bypass ac input wrong-phase rotation.
e.Bypass ac input single-phase condition.
f.Bypass ac input filter fuse blown.
g.Internal frequency standard in use.
h.Battery system alarm.
i.Control power failure.
j.Fan failure.
k.UPS overload.
l.Battery-charging control faulty.
m.Input overvoltage or undervoltage.
n.Input transformer overtemperature.
o.Input circuit breaker tripped.
p.Input wrong-phase rotation.
q.Input single-phase condition.
r.Approaching end of battery operation.
s.Battery undervoltage shutdown.
t.Maximumbattery voltage.
u.Inverter fuse blown.
v.Inverter transformer overtemperature.
w.Inverter overtemperature.
x.Static bypass transfer switch overtemperature.
y.Inverter power supply fault.
z.Inverter transistors out of saturation.
aa.Identification of faulty inverter section/leg.
bb.Inverter output overvoltage or undervoltage.
cc.UPS overload shutdown.
dd.Inverter current sensor fault.
ee.Inverter output contactor open.
ff.Inverter current limit.
4.Controls shall include the following:
a.Inverter on-off.
b.UPS start.
c.Battery test.
d.Alarm silence/reset.
e.Output-voltage adjustment.
D.Dry-form "C" contacts shall be available for remote indication of the following conditions:
1.UPS on battery.
2.UPS on-line.
3.UPS load-on bypass.
4.UPS in alarm condition.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-8
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
5.UPS off (maintenance bypass closed).
2.11MAINTENANCE BYPASS/ISOLATION SWITCH
A.Description: Manually operated switch or arrangement of switching devices with
mechanically actuated contact mechanism arranged to route the flow of power to the load
around the rectifier-charger, inverter, and static bypass transfer switch.
1.Switch shall be interlocked to prevent interrupting power to the load when
switching to the bypass mode.
2.Switch shall isolate other UPS components electrically to permit safe servicing.
B.Comply with NEMAPB 2 and UL891.
C.Switch Rating: Continuous duty at rated full-load current of UPS.
D.Mounting Provisions:Internal to system cabinet.
E.Key interlock requires unlocking maintenance bypass/isolation switch before switching from
normal position with key that is released only when the UPS is bypassed by static bypass
transfer switch. Lock is designed specifically for electrical component interlocking.
2.12ON LINE BATTERY TEST
A.The UPS shall be provided with a menu driven On-Line Battery Test feature. The test shall
ensure the capability of the battery to supply power to the inverter while the load is supplied
power in the normal mode. If the battery fails the test, the system shall automatically do the
following:
1.Transfer the load to bypass
2.Restart the rectifier/charger
3.Display a warning message
4.Sound an audible alarm
5.Retransfer the load back to normal mode
B.The battery test feature shall have the following user selectable options:
1.DC bus voltage threshold (pass/fail value)
2.Interval between tests (2 to 9 weeks)
3.Date and time of initial test
4.Enable/disable test.
2.13OUTPUT ISOLATION TRANSFORMER
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-9
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Description:Shielded unitwith low forward transfer impedance up to 3 kHz, minimum.
Include the following features:
1.Comply with applicable portions of UL 1561, including requirements for nonlinear
load current-handling capability for a K-factor of approximately 13.
2.Output Impedance at Fundamental Frequency: Between 3 and 4 percent.
3.Regulation: 5 percent,maximum, at rated nonlinear load current.
4.Full-Load Efficiency at Rated Nonlinear Load Current: 96 percent, minimum.
5.Electrostatic Shielding of Windings: Independent for each winding.
6.Coil Leads: Physically arranged for minimum interlead capacitance.
7.Shield Grounding Terminal: Separately mounted. Labeled, "Shield Ground."
8.Capacitive Coupling between Primary and Secondary: 33 picofarads, maximum,
over a frequency range of 20 Hz to 1 MHZ.
2.14OUTPUT DISTRIBUTION SECTION
A.Panelboard: Comply with Division16 Section "Panelboards," except provide assembly
integral to a UPS cabinet.
2.15UPS MONITORING BY REMOTE STATUS AND ALARM PANEL
A.Description: Labeled LEDs on panel faceplate indicate fiveInsert quantitybasic status
conditions. Audible signal indicates alarm conditions. Silencing switch in face of panel
silences signal without altering visual indication.
1.Cabinet and Faceplate: Surface or flush mounted to suit mounting conditions
indicated.
2.16MONITORING BY REMOTE COMPUTER
A.Provide an internal SNMP adapter, which will connect the UPS to any I.P. based network
using Ethernet communications. The UPS will become a managed device on the network.
From a network management station, the system administrator shall be capable of
monitoring important system measurements, alarm status, and alarm history data. The
network administrator shall also be capable of executing battery tests, observing the results
of such tests and turning the UPS on and off via his/her SNMP communication network.
In the event of a utility failure, the SNMP shall continue with live communication without
the requirement of additional or separate UPS equipment until such time as the UPS shuts
down for Lower Battery. On resumption of Utility power, the SNMP shall resume full
SNMP communication automatically.
2.17SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.Factory test complete UPS, including battery,before shipment. Include the following tests:
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-10
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Functional test and demonstration of all functions, controls, indicators, sensors, and
protective devices.
2.Full-load test.
3.Transient-load response test.
4.Overload test.
5.Power failure test.
6.Efficiency test at 50, 75, and 100 percent of rated full-load current at rated power
factor.
B.Observation of Test: Give 14 days' advance notice of tests and provide opportunity for
Owner's representative to observe tests at Owner's option.
C.Report test results. Include the following data:
1.Description of input source and output loads used. Describe actions required to
simulate source load variation and various operating conditions and malfunctions.
2.List of indications, parameter values, and system responses considered satisfactory
for each test action. Include tabulation of actual observations during test.
3.List of instruments and equipment used in factory tests.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSTALLATION
A.Install system components on 4-inch-(100-mm-)high concrete bases. Cast-in-place
concrete, reinforcing, and formwork are specified in Division3.
B.Maintain minimum clearances and workspace at equipment according to manufacturer's
written instructions and NFPA70.
C.Connections: Interconnect system components. Make connections to supply and load
circuitsaccording to manufacturer's wiring diagrams, unless otherwise indicated.
3.02GROUNDING
A.Comply with Division16 Section "Grounding and Bonding" for materials and installation
requirements.
B.Separately Derived Systems: If not part of a listed power supply for a data-processing room,
comply with NFPA70 requirements for connecting to grounding electrodes and for
bonding to metallic piping near isolation transformer.
3.03IDENTIFICATION
A.Identify components and wiring according to Division16 Section "Electrical Identification.”
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-11
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Identify each battery cell individually.
3.04BATTERY EQUALIZATION
A.Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's written instructions. Record
individual-cell voltages.
3.05FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage the services of a factory-authorized service
representative to supervise UPS installation, startup, and preliminary testing and adjustment
and to participate in final tests, inspections, and adjustments.
B.Electrical Tests and Inspections: Perform tests and inspections according to manufacturer's
written instructions and as listed below to demonstrate condition and performance of each
component of the UPS:
1.Inspect interiors of enclosures, including the following:
a.Integrity of mechanical and electrical connections.
b.Component type and labeling verification.
c.Ratings of installed components.
2.Test manual and automatic operational features and system protective and alarm
functions.
3.Test communication of status and alarms to remote monitoring equipment.
C.Retest: Correct deficiencies and retest until specified requirements are met.
D.Record of Tests and Inspections: Maintain and submit documentation of tests and
inspections, including references to manufacturers' written instructions and other test and
inspection criteria. Include results of tests, inspections, and retests.
3.06DEMONSTRATION
A.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel
to adjust, operate, and maintain the UPS.
1.Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and
stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment.
2.Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division1 Section "Closeout
Procedures."
3.Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division1 Section "Operation and
Maintenance Data."
4.Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance
notice.
3.07FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-12
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Monitoring and Testing Schedule: Perform monitoring and testingina single 10-day period.
1.Schedule monitoring and testing activity with Owner, through Architect, with at
least 14 days' advance notice.
2.Schedule monitoring and testing afterSubstantial Completion, when UPS is
supplying power to its intended load.
B.Monitoring and Testing Instruments: Three-phase, recording power monitors. Instruments
shall provide continuous simultaneous monitoring of electrical parameters at input terminals
of the UPS and at input terminals of a load served by the UPS. Instruments shall monitor,
measure, and graph voltage current and frequency simultaneously and provide full-graphic
recordings of the values of those parameters before and during power line disturbances that
cause the values to deviate from normal beyond the adjustable threshold values.
Instruments shall be capable of recording either on paper or on magnetic media and have a
minimumaccuracy of plus or minus 2 percent for electrical parameters. Parameters to be
monitored include the following:
1.Current: Each phase and neutral and grounding conductors.
2.Voltage: Phase to phase, phase to neutral, phase to ground, and neutral to ground.
3.Frequency transients.
4.Voltage swells and sags.
5.Voltage impulses, phase to phase, phase to neutral, phase to ground, and neutral to
ground.
6.High-frequency noise.
7.Radio-frequency interference.
8.THD of the above currents and voltages.
9.Harmonic content of currents and voltages above.
C.Monitoring and Testing Procedure: As follows for each test period:
1.Exploratory Period: For approximately the first two days,of the first scheduled
monitoring and testing period,make recordings at various circuit locations and with
various parameter-threshold and sampling-interval settings. Make these preliminary
measurements with the objective of identifying optimum UPS, power system, load,
and instrumentation set-up conditions for subsequent test and monitoring
operations.
2.Remainder of Test Period: Perform continuous monitoring of at least two circuit
locations selected on the basis of data obtained during exploratory period.
a.Set thresholds and sampling intervals for recording data at values selected
to optimize data on performance of the UPS with respect to values
specified in Part2 of this Section, and to highlight any need to adjust,
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-13
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
repair, or modify the UPS or any distribution system or load component
that may influence its performance or that may require better power quality.
b.Perform load and UPS power source switching and operate the UPS on
generator power during portions of the test period according to directions
of Owner's Power Quality Consultant.
c.Operate the UPS and UPS loads in each mode of operation permitted by
UPS controls and by the power distribution system design.
d.Create and simulate unusual operating conditions, including outages,
voltage swells and sags, and voltage, current, and frequency transients using
temporarily connected resistive/inductive load banks. Maintain normal
operating loads in operation on system to maximum extent possible during
tests.
e.Make adjustments and repairs to UPS, distribution, and load equipment to
correct deficiencies disclosed by monitoring and testing and repeat
appropriate monitoring and testing to verify success of corrective action.
D.Correlation with Specified UPS Monitoring Functions: Obtain printout recordings of built-
in monitoring functions specified for UPS and UPS components in this Section that are
simultaneous with those made with portable instruments in this Article.
1.Provide the temporary use of an appropriate personal computer and printer
equipped with required connections and software for recording and printing if such
units are not available on-site.
2.Correlate printouts with recordings for monitoring performed according to this
Article, and resolve and report any anomalies in and discrepancies between the two
sets of records.
E.Monitoring and Testing Assistance by Contractor: As follows:
1.Open UPS and electrical distribution and load equipment and wiring enclosures to
make monitoring and testing points accessible for temporary monitoring probe and
sensor placement and removal as requested.
2.Observe monitoring and testing operations and ensure UPS and distribution and
load equipment warranties are not compromised.
3.Perform switching and control of various UPS units, electrical distribution systems,
and load components as directed by Power Quality Consultant. The consultant
shall design this portion of monitoring and testing operations to expose the UPS to
various operating environments, conditions, and events while response is observed,
electrical parameters are monitored, and system and equipment deficiencies are
identified.
4.Make repairs and adjustments to the UPS and to electrical distribution system and
load components, and retest and repeat monitoring as needed to verify validity of
results and correction of deficiencies.
5.Engage the services of UPS manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative
periodically through functional performance testing operations for repairs,
adjustments, and consultations.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-14
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
F.Documentation: Record test point and sensor locations, instrument settings, and circuit and
load conditions for each monitoring summary and power disturbance recording. Correlate
simultaneous recordings made on UPS input and load circuits.
G.Analysis of Recorded Data and Report: Review and analyze test observations and recorded
data and submit a detailed written report. Include the following in report:
1.Description of corrective actions performed during monitoring and survey work
and their results.
2.Recommendations for further action to provide optimum performance by the UPS
and appropriate power quality for non-UPS loads. Include a statement of priority
ranking and a cost estimate for each recommendation that involves system or
equipment revisions.
3.Copies of monitoring summary graphics and graphics illustrating harmonic content
of significant voltages and currents.
4.Copies of graphics of power disturbance recordings that illustrate findings,
conclusions, and recommendations.
5.Recommendations for operating, adjusting, or revising UPS controls.
6.Recommendation for alterations to the UPS installation.
7.Recommendations for adjusting or revising generator-set or automatic transfer
switch installations or their controls.
8.Recommendations for power distribution system revisions.
9.Recommendations for adjusting or revising electrical loads, or their connections or
controls.
H.Interim and Final Reports: Provide an interim report at the end of each test period and a
final comprehensive report at the end of the final test and analysis period.
END OF SECTION 16264
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY16264-15
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16410-ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes individually mounted enclosed switches and circuitbreakers used for
the following:
1.Service disconnecting means.
2.Feeder and branch-circuit protection.
3.Motor and equipment disconnecting means.
B.Related Sections include the following:
1.Division16 Section "Wiring Devices" for attachment plugs, receptacles, and toggle
switches used for disconnecting means.
2.Division16 Section "Switchboards" for individually enclosed, fusible switches used
as feeder protection.
3.Division16 Section "Fuses" for fusible devices.
1.03DEFINITIONS
A.GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
B.RMS: Root mean square.
C.SPDT:Single pole, double throw.
1.04SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated.
Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical
characteristics, ratings, and finishes.
B.Shop Drawings: For each switch and circuit breaker.
1.Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including required clearances
and service space around equipment. Show tabulations of installed devices,
equipment features, and ratings. Include the following:
a.Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA250, Type1.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS16410-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
b.Current and voltage ratings.
c.Short-circuit current rating.
d.UL listing for series rating of installed devices.
e.Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual
overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components.
2.Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Differentiate between
manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
C.Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that enclosed switches
and circuit breakers, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in
Division16 Section "Seismic Controls for Electrical Work." Include the following:
1.Basis of Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual
test of assembled components or on calculation.
a.The term "withstand" means "the unitwill remain in place without
separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic
forces specified."
b.The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without
separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic
forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic
event."
2.Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and
locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
3.Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is
based and their installation requirements.
D.Qualification Data: Submit data for testing agencies indicating that they comply with
qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.
E.Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports and include the following:
1.Test procedures used.
2.Test results that comply with requirements.
3.Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test resultsthat comply
with requirements.
F.Manufacturer's field service report.
G.Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers and for components to
include in maintenance manuals specified in Division1. In addition to requirements
specified in Division1 Section "Closeout Procedures," include the following:
1.Routine maintenance requirements for components.
2.Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting switches and circuit
breakers.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS16410-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
3.Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of circuit breaker.
1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency that is a member company of the
InterNational Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational
Electrical Testing Association or National Institute for Certification in Engineering
Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part3.
B.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA70, Article100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended use.
C.Comply with NEMAAB 1 and NEMAKS1.
D.Comply with NFPA70.
E.Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for
enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent
surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.
1.06PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following
conditions, unless otherwise indicated:
1.Ambient Temperature: Not less than minus 22 degF(minus 30 degC)and not
exceeding104degF(40 degC).
2.Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet(2000 m).
1.07COORDINATION
A.Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with other
construction, including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required
workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.
1.08EXTRA MATERIALS
A.Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.Spares: For the following:
a.Potential Transformer Fuses:3
b.Control-Power Fuses:3
c.Fuses for Fused Switches:3
2.Spare Indicating Lights:Sixof each type installed.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS16410-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS
A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.Fusible Switches:
a.Eaton Corp.; Cutler-Hammer Products.
b.General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.
c.Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d.Square D Co.
2.Molded-Case Circuit Breakers:
a.Eaton Corp.; Cutler-Hammer Products.
b.General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.
c.Klockner-Moeller.
d.Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
e.Square D Co.
3.Combination Circuit Breaker and Ground-Fault Trip:
a.Eaton Corp.; Cutler-Hammer Products.
b.General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division.
c.Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d.Square D Co.
2.02ENCLOSED SWITCHES
A.Enclosed, Nonfusible Switch: NEMAKS1, TypeHD, with lockable handle.
B.Enclosed, Fusible Switch, 800A and Smaller: NEMAKS1, TypeHD, with clips to
accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with two padlocks, and interlocked with cover
in closedposition.
2.03ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A.Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMAAB1, with interrupting capacity to meet available
fault currents.
1.Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level
overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable
magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250A and larger.
2.Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front-
mounted, field-adjustable trip setting.
3.Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breakers: RMS sensing; field-replaceable rating plug;
with the following field-adjustable settings:
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS16410-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
a.Instantaneous trip.
b.Long-and short-time pickup levels.
c.Long-and short-time time adjustments.
d.Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and It response.
2
4.Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400A and smaller; let-through
ratings less than NEMAFU1, RK-5.
5.Integrally Fused Circuit Breakers: Thermal-magnetic trip element with integral
limiter-style fuse listed for use with circuit breaker; trip activation on fuse opening
or on opening of fuse compartment door.
6.GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single-and two-pole configurations with [5] [30]-mA trip
sensitivity.
7.Molded-Case Switch: Molded-case circuit breaker without trip units.
B.Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories: Standard frame sizes, trip ratings,
and number of poles.
1.Lugs:Mechanicalstyle suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and material of
conductors.
2.Application Listing: Appropriate for application; TypeSWD for switching
fluorescent lighting loads; TypeHACR for heating, air-conditioning, and
refrigerating equipment.
3.Ground-Fault Protection:Integrally mountedrelay and trip unit with adjustable
pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-faultindicator.
4.Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at [55] [75]
percent of rated voltage.
5.Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage without
intentionaltime delay.
6.Auxiliary Switch:One SPDT switchwith "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic
circuit-breaker contacts, "b"contacts operate in reverse of circuit-breaker contacts.
2.04ENCLOSURES
A.NEMAAB1 and NEMAKS1 to meet environmental conditions of installed location.
1.Outdoor Locations: NEMA250, Type3R.
2.Kitchen Areas: NEMA250, Type4X, stainless steel.
3.Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA250, Type4.
2.05FACTORY FINISHES
A.Manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS16410-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
B.Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested enclosures
before shipping.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01EXAMINATION
A.Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for
compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
1.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02INSTALLATION
A.Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and
temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components.
3.03IDENTIFICATION
A.Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning
signs as specified in Division16 Section " Electrical Identification."
B.Enclosure Nameplates: Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic
nameplate mounted with corrosion-resistant screws.
3.04CONNECTIONS
A.Install equipment grounding connections for switches and circuit breakers with ground
continuity to main electrical ground bus.
B.Install power wiring. Install wiring between switches and circuit breakers, and control and
indication devices.
C.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL486A and UL486B.
3.05FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
1.Test insulation resistance for each enclosed switch, circuit breaker, component, and
control circuit.
2.Test continuity of each line-and load-side circuit.
B.Testing: After installing enclosed switches and circuit breakers and after electrical circuitry
has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS16410-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test
indicated in NETAATS, Section7.5 for switches and Section7.6 for molded-case
circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters.
2.Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
C.InfraredScanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final
Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker. Open or
remove doors or panels so connections are accessible to portable scanner.
1.Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of
each unit 11 months after date of Substantial Completion.
2.Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to
detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for
device.
3.Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies switches and
circuit breakers checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of
deficiencies detected, remedial action taken,and observations after remedial action.
3.06ADJUSTING
A.Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges.
3.07CLEANING
A.On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of enclosures. Remove paint
splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in
cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish.
END OF SECTION 16410
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS16410-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16415-TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART 1 -GENERAL–NOT USED
PART 2 -PRODUCTS–NOT USED
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSTALLATION
A.Design each fastener and support to carry load indicated by seismic requirements and
according to seismic-restraint details. See Division16 Section "Electrical Supports and
Seismic Restraints."
B.Floor-Mounting Switch: Anchor to floor by bolting.
1.Concrete Bases:4 incheshigh, reinforced, with chamfered edges. Extend base no
more than4 inchesin all directions beyond the maximum dimensions of switch,
unless otherwise indicated or unless required for seismic support. Construct
concrete bases according to Division16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic
Restraints."
C.Annunciator and Control Panel Mounting: Flush in wall, unless otherwise indicated.
D.Identify components according to Division16 Section "Electrical Identification."
E.Set field-adjustable intervals and delays, relays, and engine exerciser clock.
3.02CONNECTIONS
A.Wiring to Remote Components: Match type and number of cables and conductors to
control and communication requirements of transfer switches as recommended by
manufacturer. Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to Owner if necessary to
accommodate required wiring.
B.Ground equipment according to Division16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
C.Connect wiring according to Division16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
3.03FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect,
test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
Report results in writing.
B.Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
TRANSFER SWITCHES16415-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installation, including connections,
and to assist in testing.
2.After installing equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for
compliance with requirements.
3.Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA
Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.
4.Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulation-
resistance tester. Include external annunciation and control circuits. Use test
voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with
manufacturer's specified minimum resistance.
a.Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits.
b.Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and
integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features.
c.Verify that manual transfer warnings are properly placed.
d.Perform manual transfer operation.
5.After energizing circuits, demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational
function for each switch at least three times.
a.Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and
of emergency source with normal source available.
b.Simulate loss of phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source.
c.Verify time-delay settings.
d.Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of control
settings.
e.Test bypass/isolation unit functional modes andrelated automatic transfer-
switch operations.
f.Perform contact-resistance test across main contacts and correct values
exceeding 500 microhms and values for 1 pole deviating by more than 50
percent from other poles.
g.Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic engine starting,
transfer time delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of normal power,
and engine cool-down and shutdown.
6.Ground-Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing of ground-fault protective devices for
power delivery from both sources.
a.Verify grounding connections and locations and ratings of sensors.
C.Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently.
D.Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and
measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each
tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests.
E.Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
TRANSFER SWITCHES16415-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
F.Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final
Acceptance, performan infrared scan of each switch. Remove all access panels so joints and
connections are accessible to portable scanner.
1.Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of
each switch 11 months after date of Substantial Completion.
2.Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to
detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for
device.
3.Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies switches
checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies
detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.
3.04DEMONSTRATION
A.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel
to adjust, operate, and maintain transfer switches and related equipment as specified below.
Refer to Division1 Section "Demonstration and Training."
B.Coordinate this training with that for generator equipment.
END OF SECTION16415
TRANSFER SWITCHES16415-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16442-PANELBOARDS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawingsand general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes load centers and panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, and
associatedauxiliary equipment rated 600V and less for the following types:
1.Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards.
2.Distribution panelboards.
B.Related Sections include the following:
1.Division16 Section "Fuses."
C.Panelboard shall be of the type (lighting and appliance or distribution) as shown on the
Drawings.
D.The sizes, ratings, number of circuit breakers shall be as shown on the Drawings.
E.The locations and quantity of panelboards shall be as shown on the Drawings.
1.03DEFINITIONS
A.GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
B.RMS: Root mean square.
C.SPDT: Single pole, double throw.
1.04SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, accessory, and
component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features,
performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.
B.Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment.
1.Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed
devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following:
a.Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA250, Type1.
b.Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings.
PANELBOARDS16442-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
c.Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective
devices.
d.Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual
overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components.
2.Wiring Diagrams: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring and differentiate
between manufacturer-installed andfield-installed wiring.
C.Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports and include the following:
1.Test procedures used.
2.Test results that comply with requirements.
3.Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply
with requirements.
D.Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load
balancing.
E.Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include inmaintenance manuals
specified in Division1. In addition to requirements specified in Division1 Section
"Contract Closeout," include the following:
1.Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective
devices.
2.Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent
protective device.
1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA70, Article100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended use.
B.Comply with NEMAPB1.
C.Comply with NFPA70.
D.Panelboard shall bear the U.L. Label.
1.06COORDINATION
A.Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction
that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of
equipment, raceways, piping, and encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements.
1.07EXTRA MATERIALS
A.Keys:Sixspares of each type of panelboard cabinet lock.
PANELBOARDS16442-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS
A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and
Accessories:
a.Eaton Corp.; Cutler-Hammer Products.
b.General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Div.
c.Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d.Square D Co.
2.02FABRICATION AND FEATURES FOR ALL PANELBOARD TYPES
A.Enclosures: Flush-and/or surface-mounted cabinets. NEMAPB1,Type1, to meet
environmental conditions at installed location.
1.NEMA Type 1 enclosures shall be galvanized steel constructed in accordance with
UL 50 requirements. Galvanealed steel will not be acceptable.
2.Boxes shall have welded interior mounting studs. Interior mounting brackets are
not required
3.Enclosure shall be painted with ANSI 61 or ANSI 49 gray enamel, electrodeposited
over cleaned, phosphatized steel.
B.Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged
trim cover.
C.Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted inside metal frame, inside
panelboard door.
D.Bus:Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity.
E.Main and Neutral Lugs:Mechanicaltype suitable for use with conductor material.
F.All current carrying parts shall be insulated from ground and phase-to-phase by Noryl high
dielectric strength thermoplastic or equivalent.
G.Main and branch circuit bus shall be based on 1000 amperes per square in current density.
Contact surfaces shall be based on not more than 200 amperes per square inch current
density.
H.UL listed label and short circuit current rating shall be displayed on the interior.
I.Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground
conductors; bonded to box.
PANELBOARDS16442-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
J.Service Equipment Label: If panelboard is designated on the Drawings as “SE”, the panelboard
shall be UL labeled for use as service equipment.
K.Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances required
for future installation of devices.
L.Extra-Capacity Neutral Bus:If panelboard is designated as “Non-Linear” on the Drawings,
the neutral bus shall be rated 200 percent of phase bus, and UL listed as suitable for
nonlinear loads.
M.Gutter Barrier: Arrange to isolate individual panel sections if a 2-section panel is indicated
on the Drawings.
N.Feed-through Lugs: If feed-through lugs are designated on the Drawings, provide
mechanical type lugs suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus
from incoming lugs or main device.
2.03PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING
A.Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current indicated on the Drawings..
2.04LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A.
Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices:Bolt-oncircuit breakers, replaceable without
disturbing adjacent units.
B.Provide one (1) continuous bus bar per phase. Each bus bar shall have sequentially phased
branch circuit connectors suitable for bolt-on branch circuit breakers. The bussing shall be
fully rated.
C.Interior trim shall be of dead-front construction to shield user from energized parts. Dead-
front trim shall have pre-formed twistouts covering unused mounting space.
D.
Interiors shall be field convertible for top or bottom incoming feed. Main and sub-feed
circuit breakers shall be vertically mounted. Main lug interiors up to 400 amperes shall be
field convertible to main breaker.
E.Doors: Front mounted with concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock;
keyed alike.
2.05DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
A.Doors: Front mounted, except omit in fused-switch panelboards; secured with vault-type
latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.
B.Main Overcurrent Protective Devices: Provide circuit breaker or fused switch as shown on
the Drawings.
C.Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Provide circuit breakers or fused switches as
shown on the Drawings.
PANELBOARDS16442-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.The panelboard interior shall have three flat bus bars stacked and aligned vertically with glass
reinforced polyester insulators laminated between phases. The molded polyester insulators
shall support and provide phase isolation to the entire length of bus. There shall be one (1)
continuous bus bar per phase; each bus bar having a pair of exposed longitudinal edge
portions providing non-specific mounting means for main and branch circuit breakers
specified herein.
E.The bussing shall be fully rated with sequentially phased branch distribution. The entire
interleaved assembly shall be contained between two (2) U-shaped steel channels,
permanently secured to a galvanized steel mounting pan by tamper-resistant fasteners
2.06OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A.Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMAAB1, with interrupting capacity to meet available
fault currents.
1.Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level
overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable
magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250A and larger.
2.GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single-and two-pole configurations with 5-mA trip
sensitivity if shown as “GFI’ on the Drawings.
3.EPD Circuit Breakers: Single-and two-pole configurations with 30-mA trip
sensitivity if shown as “EPD’ on the Drawings
B.Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings,
and number of poles.
1.Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and material of
conductors.
2.Application Listing: Appropriate for application; TypeSWD for switching
fluorescent lighting loads; TypeHACR for heating, air-conditioning, and
refrigerating equipment.
C.Fused Switch: NEMAKS1, TypeHD; clips to accommodate specified fuses; lockable
handle.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSTALLATION
A.Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMAPB1.1.
B.Mounting Heights: Top of trim 80inches(2032 mm)above finished floor, unless otherwise
indicated.
C.Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with
fronts uniformly flush with wall finish.
PANELBOARDS16442-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.Circuit Directory: Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing
panelboard loads. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create
directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable.
E.Install filler plates in unused spaces.
F.Provision for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: For each flush panelboard, provide four
1-inch(27-GRC)empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space
designated to be ceiling space in the future.
G.Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups and bundle and wrap with
wire ties after completing load balancing.
3.02IDENTIFICATION
A.Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning
signs as specified in Division16 Section "Electrical Identification."
B.Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved metal or laminated-plastic
nameplate mounted with corrosion-resistant screws.
3.03CONNECTIONS
A.Install equipment grounding connections for panelboards with ground continuity to main
electrical ground bus.
B.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL486A and UL486B.
3.04FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
1.Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply,
feeder, and control circuit.
2.Test continuity of each circuit.
B.Testing: After installing panelboards and after electrical circuitry has been energized,
demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
1.Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test
indicated in NETAATS, Section7.5 for switches and Section7.6 for molded-case
circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters.
2.Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
C.Balancing Loads: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final
Acceptance, measureload balancing and make circuit changes as follows:
PANELBOARDS16442-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Measure as directed during period of normal system loading.
2.Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside normal occupancy/working
schedule of the facility and at time directed. Avoid disrupting critical 24-hour
services such as fax machines and on-line data-processing, computing, transmitting,
and receiving equipment.
3.After circuit changes, recheck loads during normal load period. Record all load
readings before and after changes and submit test records.
4.Tolerance: Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads, within a
panelboard, is not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as necessary to meet this
minimum requirement.
3.05ADJUSTING
A.Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges. Instantaneous magnetic trip
setting on breakers 250A and larger that serve an individual motor shall be set in accordance
with NEC 430-52.
3.06CLEANING
A.On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint
splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in
cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish.
END OF SECTION 16442
PANELBOARDS16442-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16461-DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600V AND LESS)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes the following types of dry-type transformers rated600V and less, with
capacities up to 1000 kVA:
1.Distribution transformers.
1.03SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data Include rated nameplate data, capacities, weights, dimensions, minimum
clearances, installed devices and features, and performance for each type and size of
transformer indicated.
B.Shop Drawings: Wiring and connection diagrams.
C.Source quality-control test reports.
D.Output Settings Reports: Record of tap adjustments specified in Part3.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA70, Article100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended use.
B.Comply with IEEEC57.12.91.
C.Transformers Rated 15 kVA and Larger: Certified as meeting NEMATP1-2002, Class1
efficiency levels when tested according to NEMA TP2.NEMA TP1 Efficiency Levels at
35% load factor for 3 phase 600V dry-type transformers shall be per the following table:
KVA RatingRequired Efficiency
1597.0
3097.5
4597.7
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600V AND LESS)16461-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
7598.0
112.598.2
15098.3
22598.5
30098.6
50098.7
1.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat according to manufacturer's written instructions
within the enclosure of each ventilated-type unit, throughout periods during which
equipment is not energized and when transformer is not in a space that is continuously
under normal control of temperature and humidity.
1.06COORDINATION
A.Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.
Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division3.
B.Coordinate installation of wall-mounting and structure-hanging supports.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS
A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.Cutler-Hammer.
2.GE Electrical Distribution & Control.
3.Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
4.Square D/Groupe Schneider NA.
2.02MATERIALS
A.Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, air-cooled units for 60-Hz service.
B.Cores: Grain-oriented, non-aging silicon steel.
C.Coils:Continuous windings without splices, except for taps.
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600V AND LESS)16461-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type.
2.Coil Material: Copper.
2.03DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
A.Comply with NEMAST20, and list and label as complying with UL1561.
B.Cores: One leg per phase.
C.Enclosure: Ventilated, NEMA250, Type2.
D.Indoor Transformer Enclosure Finish: Comply with NEMA250 for "IndoorCorrosion
Protection."
1.Finish Color:Gray.
E.Insulation Class: 220 degC, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum
of 150 degC rise above 40 degC ambient temperature.
F.Taps for Transformers Smaller Than 3 kVA:None.
G.Taps for Transformers 7.5 to 24 kVA:One 5 percent tap above and one 5 percent tap
below normal full capacity.
H.Taps for Transformers 25 kVAand Larger:Two 2.5 percent taps above and two 2.5 percent
taps below normal full capacity.
I.Electrostatic Shielding: Each winding shall have an independent, single, full-width copper
electrostatic shield arranged to minimize interwinding capacitance.
1.Arrange coil leads and terminal strips to minimize capacitive coupling between input
and output terminals.
2.Include special terminal for grounding the shield.
3.Shield Effectiveness:
a.Capacitance between Primary and Secondary Windings: Not to exceed 33
picofarads over a frequency range of 20 Hz to 1 MHz.
b.Common-Mode Noise Attenuation: Minus 120 dBA minimum at 0.5 to 1.5
kHz; minus 65 dBA minimum at 1.5to 100 kHz.
c.Normal-Mode Noise Attenuation: Minus 52 dBA minimum at 1.5 to 10
kHz.
J.Wall Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets.
2.04SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.Test and inspect transformers according to IEEEC57.12.91.
B.Factory Sound-Level Tests: Conduct sound-level tests on equipment for this Project.
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600V AND LESS)16461-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01EXAMINATION
A.Examine conditions for compliance with enclosure-and ambient-temperature requirements
for each transformer.
B.Verify that field measurements are as needed to maintain working clearances required by
NFPA70 and manufacturer's written instructions.
C.Examine walls and floors for suitable mounting conditions where transformers will be
installed.
D.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02INSTALLATION
A.Install wall-mounting transformers level and plumb with wall brackets fabricated by
transformer manufacturer.
B.Install floor-mounting transformers level on concrete bases.
3.03CONNECTIONS
A.Ground equipment according to Division16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
B.Connect wiring according to Division16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
C.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL486A and UL486B.
3.04ADJUSTING
A.Record transformer secondary voltage at each unit for at least 48 hours of typical occupancy
period. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary
terminals. Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 10 percent and not
being lower than nameplate voltage minus 5 percent. Submit recording and tap settings as
test results.
B.Output Settings Report: Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings.
END OF SECTION 16461
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600V AND LESS)16461-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16491-FUSES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes cartridge fuses, rated 600V and less, for use in switches, panelboards,
switchboards, controllers, and motor-control centers; and spare fuse cabinets.
1.03SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: Include dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features,
performance, electrical characteristics, and ratings for each fuse type indicated.
B.Product Data: Include the following for each fuse type indicated:
1.Dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical
characteristics, and ratings.
2.Let-through current curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics.
3.Time-current curves, coordination charts and tables, and related data.
C.Ambient Temperature Adjustment Information. If ratings of fuses have been adjusted to
accommodate ambient temperatures, provide list of fuses adjusted.
1.Provide manufacturer's technical data on which ambient temperature adjustment
calculations are based.
D.Maintenance Data: For tripping devices to include in maintenance manuals specified in
Division1.
1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Source Limitations: Provide fuses from a single manufacturer.
B.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA70, Article100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended use.
C.Comply with NEMAFU1.
D.Comply with NFPA70.
1.05PROJECTCONDITIONS
FUSES16491-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 degF(4.4
degC)or more than 100 degF(38 degC), apply manufacturer's ambient temperature
adjustment factors to fuse ratings.
1.06COORDINATION
A.Coordinate fuse ratings with HVAC and refrigeration equipment nameplate limitations of
maximum fuse size.
1.07EXTRA MATERIALS
A.Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
in original cartons or containers and identified with labels describing contents.
1.Fuses: Quantity equal to 10percent of each fuse type and size, but not fewer than 3
of each type and size.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS
A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.Cooper Industries, Inc.; Bussmann Div.
2.Tracor, Inc.; Littelfuse, Inc. Subsidiary.
2.02CARTRIDGE FUSES
A.Characteristics: NEMAFU1, nonrenewable cartridge fuse;
1.Class and current rating indicated
2.Utilize only 600V rated fuses in distribution systems with both 480/277V and
208/120V systems.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01EXAMINATION
A.Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes
and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment.
B.Evaluate ambient temperaturesto determine if fuse rating adjustment factors must be
applied to fuse ratings.
C.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02FUSE APPLICATIONS
FUSES16491-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Main Service:ClassL, time delay.
B.Main Feeders:ClassL, time delay.
C.Motor Branch Circuits:ClassRK1, time delay.
D.Other Branch Circuits:ClassRK1, time delay.
3.03INSTALLATION
A.Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without
removing fuse.
3.04IDENTIFICATION
A.Install labels indicating fuse replacement information on inside door of each fused switch.
END OF SECTION 16491
FUSES16491-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
SECTION16511-INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02SUMMARY
A.This Section includes the following:
1.Interior lighting fixtures with lamps and ballasts.
2.Lighting fixtures mounted on exterior building surfaces.
3.Emergency lighting units.
4.Exit signs.
5.Accessories, including lighting fixture retrofitting.
B.Related Sections include the following:
1.Division16 Section "Wiring Devices" for manual wall-box dimmers for
incandescent lamps.
1.03DEFINITIONS
A.BF: Ballast factor. Ratio of light output of a given lamp(s) operated by the subject ballast to
the light output of the same lamp(s) when operated on an ANSI reference circuit.
B.CRI: Color rendering index.
C.CU: Coefficient of utilization.
D.LER: Luminaire efficiency rating, which is calculated according to NEMALE 5. This value
can be estimated from photometric data using the following formula:
1.LER is equal to the product of total rated lamp lumens times BF times luminaire
efficiency, divided by input watts.
E.RCR: Room cavity ratio.
1.04SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture scheduled, arranged in order of fixture
designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following:
INTERIOR LIGHTING16511-1
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Physical description of fixture, including dimensions and verification of indicated
parameters.
2.Emergency lighting unit battery and charger.
3.Fluorescent and high-intensity-discharge ballasts.
4.Lamps.
B.Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstandard or custom fixtures. Indicate dimensions,
weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories.
C.Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
D.Product Certificates: For each type of ballast for dimmer-controlled fixtures, signed by
product manufacturer.
E.Source quality-control test reports.
F.Field quality-control test reports.
G.Operation and Maintenance Data: For lighting equipment and fixtures to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in
Division1 Section " Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
1.Catalog data for each fixture. Include the diffuser, ballast, and lamps installed in
that fixture.
H.Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA70, Article100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended use.
B.Comply with NFPA70.
C.FMG Compliance: Fixtures for hazardous locations shall be listed and labeled for indicated
class and division of hazard by FMG.
D.NFPA101 Compliance: Comply with visibility and luminance requirements for exit signs.
1.06COORDINATION
A.Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures and suspension system with other
construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including HVAC equipment,
fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.
1.07WARRANTY
INTERIOR LIGHTING16511-2
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Special Warranty for Emergency Lighting Unit Batteries: Manufacturer's standard form in
which manufacturer of battery-powered emergency lighting unit agrees to repair or replace
components of rechargeable batteries that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period.
1.Warranty Period:10years from date of Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall
apply for first year, and prorated warranty for the remaining nine years.
B.Special Warranty for Fluorescent Ballasts: Manufacturer's standard form in which ballast
manufacturer agrees to repair or replace ballasts that fail in materials or workmanship within
specified warranty period.
1.Warranty Period for Electronic Ballasts:Fiveyears from date of Substantial
Completion.
2.Warranty Period for Electromagnetic Ballasts:Threeyears from date of Substantial
Completion.
C.Manufacturer's Special Warranty for T8 Fluorescent Lamps: Manufacturer's standard form,
made out to Owner and signed by lamp manufacturer agreeing to replace lamps that fail in
materials or workmanship, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified
warranty period indicated below.
1.Warranty Period:One yearfrom date of Substantial Completion.
1.08EXTRA MATERIALS
A.Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.Lamps:10 for every 100of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of
each type.
2.Plastic Diffusers and Lenses:1 for every 100of each type and rating installed.
Furnish at least one of each type.
3.Battery and Charger Data:Onefor each emergency lighting unit.
4.Ballasts:1 for every 100of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of
each type.
5.Globes and Guards:1 for every 20of each type and rating installed. Furnish at
least one of each type.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01MANUFACTURERS
A.In other Part2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
INTERIOR LIGHTING16511-3
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
1.Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
2.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
2.02FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL
A.Recessed Fixtures: Comply with NEMALE4 for ceiling compatibility for recessed fixtures.
B.Incandescent Fixtures: Comply with UL1598. Where LER is specified, test according to
NEMALE5A.
C.Fluorescent Fixtures: Comply with UL1598. Where LER is specified, test according to
NEMALE5 and NEMALE5A as applicable.
D.Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
E.Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent
warping and sagging.
F.Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under
operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without useof tools. Designed to
prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally
during relamping and when secured in operating position.
G.Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:
1.White Surfaces: 85 percent.
2.Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3.Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
4.Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent.
H.Plastic Diffusers, Covers, and Globes:
1.Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to
yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation.
a.Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch(3.175 mm)minimum unless different
thickness is scheduled.
b.UV stabilized.
2.Glass: Annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated.
2.03LIGHTING FIXTURES
1.See Lighting FixtureSchedule on Drawings.
2.04FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS
INTERIOR LIGHTING16511-4
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
A.Description: Include the following features, unless otherwise indicated:
1.Designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated at full light output.
2.Externally fused with slow-blow type rated between 2.65 and 3.0 times the line
current.
B.Electronic ballasts for linear lamps shall include the following features, unless otherwise
indicated:
1.Comply with NEMAC82.11.
2.Ballast Type:Rapidstart, unless otherwise indicated.
3.Programmed Start: Ballasts with two-step lamp starting to extend life of frequently
started lamps.
4.Sound Rating:A.
5.Totalharmonic distortion rating of less than 10percent according to
NEMAC82.11.
6.Transient Voltage Protection: IEEEC62.41, CategoryA.
7.Operating Frequency:20 kHzor higher.
8.Lamp Current Crest Factor: Less than 1.7.
9.Parallel Lamp Circuits: Multiple lamp ballasts connected to maintain full light
output on surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail.
C.Electromagnetic ballasts for linear lamps shall have the following features, unless otherwise
indicated:
1.Comply with NEMAC82.1.
2.Type: Energy-saving, high power factor,ClassP, automatic-reset thermal
protection.
3.Ballast Manufacturer Certification: Indicated by label.
4.Provide lamp end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit for T5 diameter lamps.
D.Ballasts for compact lamps in recessed fixtures shall have the following features, unless
otherwise indicated:
1.Type:Electronic.
2.Power Factor: 90 percent, minimum.
3.Flicker: Less than 5 percent.
4.Lamp Current Crest Factor: Less than 1.7.
INTERIOR LIGHTING16511-5
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
5.Electronic Ballast Operating Frequency:20 kHzor higher.
6.Lamp end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.
7.Transient Protection: Comply with IEEEC62.41 for CategoryA1 locations.
8.Interference: Comply with 47CFR, Chapter1, Part18, SubpartC, for limitations
on electromagnetic and radio-frequency interference for nonconsumer equipment.
E.Ballasts for compact lamps in nonrecessed fixtures shall include the following features,
unless otherwise indicated:
1.Power Factor: 90 percent, minimum.
2.Ballast Coil Temperature: 65 degC, maximum.
3.Transient Protection: Comply with IEEEC62.41 for CategoryA1 locations.
4.Interference: Comply with 47CFR, Chapter1, Part18, SubpartC, for limitations
on electromagnetic and radio-frequency interference for nonconsumer equipment.
2.05EXIT SIGNS
A.General: Comply with UL924; for sign colors and lettering size, comply with authorities
having jurisdiction.
B.Internally Lighted Signs:
1.Lamps for AC Operation: Light-emitting diodes, 70,000 hours minimum of rated
lamplife.
2.Additional Lamps for DC Operation: Two minimum, bayonet-base type, for
connection to external dc source.
C.Self-Powered Exit Signs(Battery Type): Integral automatic charger in a self-contained
power pack.
1.Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type with special warranty.
2.Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
3.Operation: Relay automatically energizes lamp from battery when circuit voltage
drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. When normal voltage is restored,
relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and
floated on charger.
2.06EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS
A.General: Self-containedunits complying with UL924.
1.Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type with minimum 10-year nominal
life and special warranty.
INTERIOR LIGHTING16511-6
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay.
3.Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power supply circuit voltage
drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects
from battery when voltage approaches deep-discharge level. When normal voltage
is restored, relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically
recharged and floated on charger.
2.07FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES
A.Internal Type: Self-contained, modular, battery-inverter unit factory mounted within fixture
body. Comply with UL924.
B.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.Bodine
a.B50STfor T8-32W lamp applications
b.B50ST for 32W/42Wlamp applications
2.Iota Engineering
a.ISD-80 for T8 32W lamp applications
b.ISD-420 for 32W/42W lamp applications
3.Lithonia Power Sentry
a.PS1400-QDSDfor T8 32W lamp applications
b.PSDL3-SDfor 32W/42W lamp applications
C.Operation
1.Operate one fluorescent lamp continuously as Night Light/Emergency. Remaining
lamps switched. Connect unswitched circuit to battery-inverter unit and switched
circuit to fixture ballast.
2.Operate all lamps switched. Connect unswitched and switch circuits to battery-
inverter unit.
D.Features
1.Test Switch and Light-Emitting-Diode Indicator Light: Visible and accessible
without opening fixture or entering ceiling space.
2.Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type with minimum seven-year
nominal life.
3.Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type.
4.Self Testing: Self testing unit intelligence to test the unit in conformance with Life
Safety Code NFPA 101 5-9.3. Test 30 seconds every 30 days, and annually 90
minutes.
5.Illumination:
INTERIOR LIGHTING16511-7
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
a.1350lumens initial light outputfor T8 32W lamp applications
b.1000 lumens initial light output for 42W lampapplications.
2.08FLUORESCENT LAMPS
A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.General Electric Company
2.Philips
3.Sylvania
B.Low-Mercury Lamps: Comply with Federal toxic characteristic leaching procedure test, and
yield less than 0.2 mg of mercury per liter, when tested according to NEMALL1.
C.T8 rapid-startlow-mercurylamps, rated 32W maximum, 2800 initial lumens (minimum),
CRI of 75 (minimum), color temperature of 4100K, and average rated life of 20,000 hours,
unless otherwise indicated.
D.T8 rapid-startlow-mercurylamps, rated 17W maximum, nominal length of 24 inches610
mm, 1300 initial lumens (minimum), CRI of 75 (minimum), color temperature of 4100K,
and average rated life of 20,000 hours, unless otherwise indicated.
E.Compact Fluorescent Lamps: CRI80 (minimum), color temperature 4100, average rated life
of 10,000 hours at 3 hours operation per start, unless otherwise indicated.
1.T4, Twin Tube: Rated 5W, 250 initial lumens (minimum).
2.T4, Twin Tube: Rated 7W, 400 initial lumens (minimum).
3.T4, Twin Tube: Rated 9W, 600 initial lumens (minimum).
4.T4, Twin Tube: Rated 13W, 825 initial lumens (minimum).
5.T4, Double-Twin Tube: Rated 13W, 900 initial lumens (minimum).
6.T4, Double-Twin Tube: Rated 18W, 1200 initial lumens (minimum).
7.T4, Double-Twin Tube: Rated 26W, 1800 initial lumens (minimum).
2.09FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A.Comply with Division16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for channel-and
angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.
B.Single-Stem Hangers:1/2-inch(13-mm)steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling
canopy. Finish same as fixture.
C.Twin-Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2-inch(13-mm)steel tubes with single canopy designed to
mount a single fixture. Finish same as fixture.
INTERIOR LIGHTING16511-8
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
D.Wires: ASTMA641/A641M, Class3, soft temper, zinc-coated,12 gage(2.68 mm).
E.Wires For Humid Spaces: ASTMA580/A580M, Composition302 or 304, annealed
stainless steel, 12 gage(2.68 mm).
F.Rod Hangers:3/16-inch-(5-mm-)minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod.
G.Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with
threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug.
H.Aircraft Cable Support: Use cable, anchorages, and intermediate supports recommended by
fixture manufacturer.
2.10FINISHES
A.Fixtures: Manufacturers' standard, unless otherwise indicated.
1.Paint Finish: Applied over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer, free of defects.
2.Metallic Finish: Corrosion resistant.
2.11FLUORESCENT FIXTURE RETROFIT MATERIALS
A.Comply with UL1570listing requirements.
1.Reflector Kit: UL1570, TypeI. Suitable fortwo-to four-lamp, surface-mounted
or recessed lighting fixtures by improving reflectivity of fixture surfaces. No
electrical parts are to be changed.
2.Ballast and Lamp Change Kit: UL1570, TypeII. Suitable for changing existing
ballast, lamps, and sockets as scheduled.
2.12SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.Provide services of a qualified, independent testing and inspecting agency to factory test
fixtures with ballasts and lamps; certify results for electrical ratings and photometric data.
B.Factory test fixtures with ballasts and lamps; certify results for electrical ratings and
photometric data.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01INSTALLATION
A.Fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each fixture.
B.Support for Fixtures in or on Grid-Type Suspended Ceilings: Use grid for support.
1.Install a minimum of four ceiling support system rods or wires for each fixture.
Locate not more than 6 inches(150 mm)from fixture corners.
INTERIOR LIGHTING16511-9
THE NATIONAL BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS07049
DISASTER RECOVERY
2.Support Clips: Fasten to fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture
corner with clips that are UL listed for the application.
3.Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid: Install as indicated on reflected ceiling
plans or center in acoustical panel, and support fixtures independently with at least
two3/4-inch(20-mm)metal channels spanning and secured to ceiling tees.
4.Install at least one independent support rod or wire from structure to a tab on
lighting fixture. Wire or rod shall have breaking strength of the weight of fixture at
a safety factor of 3.
C.Suspended Fixture Support: As follows:
1.Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches(1200 mm), brace to limit
swinging.
2.Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Fixtures: Suspend with twin-stem hangers.
3.Continuous Rows: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for
suspension for each unit length of fixture chassis, including one at each end.
4.Continuous Rows: Suspend from cable.
3.02CONNECTIONS
A.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL486A and UL486B.
3.03FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.
B.Verify normal operation of each fixture after installation.
C.Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation.
Verify normal transfer to battery power source and retransfer to normal.
D.Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and
interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate
compliance with standards.
E.Corroded Fixtures: During warranty period, replace fixtures that show anysigns of
corrosion.
END OF SECTION 16511
INTERIOR LIGHTING16511-10